UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported) November 17, 2020

 

GCM Grosvenor Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   001-39716   85-2226287
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (Commission
File Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

900 North Michigan Avenue

Suite 1100

Chicago, Illinois

  60611
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

(312) 506-6500

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

 

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)

 

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share   GCMG   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Warrants to purchase one share of Class A common stock   GCMGW   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

 

As previously announced, GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), previously entered into a transaction agreement, dated as of August 2, 2020 (as may be amended from time to time, the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among CF Finance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“CFAC”), GCM Grosvenor Holdings, LLC (formerly known as CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“IntermediateCo”), CF Finance Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “CFAC Sponsor”), Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership formerly domiciled in Illinois (“GCMH”), Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company (“Holdings”), GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grosvenor Management”), Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (together with Holdings and Grosvenor Management, the “GCMH Equityholders”), GCMH GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, GCM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GCM V”), and the Company.

 

On November 17, 2020, as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement and described in the section titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposal” beginning on page 82 of the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated October 14, 2020 (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) and filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), (a) CFAC merged with and into the Company, upon which the separate corporate existence of CFAC ceased and the Company became the surviving entity and each share of CFAC common stock was converted into one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A common stock”), and each whole warrant of CFAC was converted into one warrant of the Company and GCMH cancelled its ownership of the 100 shares of common stock of the Company; (b) the Company received $120.4 million remaining in CFAC’s trust account following redemptions made in connection with CFAC’s special meeting of stockholders relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, (c) certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) purchased 19,500,000 shares of Class A common stock; (d) the CFAC Sponsor purchased 3,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and 1,500,000 warrants of the Company for an aggregate price equal to $30,000,000 pursuant to a forward purchase contract (the “Forward Purchase Contract”); (e) the CFAC Sponsor terminated, forfeited and cancelled, for no consideration, 2,351,534 shares of Class A common stock and 150,000 warrants of the Company; (f) the Company issued 900,000 warrants to purchase Class A common stock to Holdings; (g) Holdings assigned, and IntermediateCo assumed, all right, title and interest in and to the Option Agreement in exchange for the Option Consideration in the Option Conveyance (as such terms are defined in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus); (h) immediately following the Option Conveyance, IntermediateCo consummated the exercise of certain options (pursuant to the Option Agreement) to purchase all of the Class B-2 common units of GCMH then held by certain investors (pursuant to the Option Agreement); (i)(x) GCMH GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, sold all of the outstanding equity interests of GCMH then held by it, including the general partnership and limited partnership interests, to IntermediateCo for $1.00 for the general partnership interest of GCMH plus $1,470,375 for the Class B-1 common units of GCMH and (y) Holdings sold all of the outstanding equity interests of GCM, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“GCM LLC”), to IntermediateCo for $1.00; (j) GCMH was redomiciled as a limited liability limited partnership in the State of Delaware and its Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement was amended and restated (as amended and restated, the “Fifth Amended & Restated LLLPA”); (k) GCMH issued to IntermediateCo the GCM PubCo Matching Grosvenor common units and the GCM PubCo Matching Grosvenor warrants, in each case in exchange for the IntermediateCo Contribution Amount in the IntermediateCo Contribution and Issuance (as such terms are defined in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus); and (l) the Company issued 144,235,246 shares of its Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class C common stock”), to GCM V (the transactions referred to in clauses (a) through (l), collectively, the “Transactions”).

 

1

 

 

Following the Transactions, the Company’s ownership is as follows:

 

CFAC’s former public stockholders own approximately 6.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, all of which is in the form of Class A common stock, and representing approximately 7.3% of the voting power of the Company;

 

  the PIPE Investors own approximately 10.6% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, all of which is in the form of shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately 12.2% of the voting power of the Company;

 

  the CFAC Sponsor and prior holders of CFAC’s founder shares own approximately 4.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, all of which is in the form of shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately 5.5% of the voting power of the Company; and

 

  GCM V owns approximately 78.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, all of which is in the form of shares of Class C common stock, representing approximately 75.0% of the voting power of the Company.

 

As a result of the Transactions, the Company owns and controls all of the outstanding equity interests of IntermediateCo, which has exclusive management authority over GCMH as its sole general partner. Through its ownership and control of IntermediateCo, the Company indirectly owns and controls all of the general partner interests of GCMH.

 

The foregoing description of the Transactions does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Transaction Agreement, which is attached as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 of which the Proxy Statement/Prospectus forms a part, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Unless otherwise specified, capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

 

 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

 

On November 17, 2020, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Company, the GCMH Equityholders and GCM V entered into a stockholders’ agreement (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). The material terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement are described in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page 99 titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposal — Related Agreements — Stockholders’ Agreement.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Stockholders’ Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K (this “Report”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

On November 17, 2020, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Company, the CFAC Sponsor, the GCMH Equityholders and the PIPE Investors entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The material terms of the Registration Rights Agreement are described in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page 99 titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposal — Related Agreements — Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Registration Rights Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.2 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

On November 17, 2020, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Company, GCMH and the GCMH Equityholders entered into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”). The material terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement are described in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page 103 titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposal — Related Agreements — Tax Receivable Agreement.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.3 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2

 

 

Fifth Amended & Restated LLLPA

 

On November 17, 2020, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Company, IntermediateCo, GCMH and the GCMH Equityholders entered into the Fifth Amended & Restated LLLPA. The material terms of the Fifth Amended & Restated LLLPA are described in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus beginning on page 98 titled “Proposal No. 1 — The Business Combination Proposal — Related Agreements — A&R LLLPA.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Fifth Amended & Restated LLLPA, which is included as Exhibit 10.4 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

 

 

The disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note” above is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.

 

 

Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

 

 

On November 17, 2020, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Forward Purchase Contract and the Subscription Agreements, the Company made the following sales of unregistered securities, as further described in the disclosure set forth under the Introductory Note above:

 

3,500,000 shares of GCM Class A common stock and 1,500,000 warrants to purchase GCM Class A common stock to the CFAC Sponsor for aggregate consideration of $30.0 million;

 

  19,500,000 shares of GCM Class A common stock to the PIPE Investors for aggregate consideration of $195.0 million;

 

  144,235,246 shares of GCM Class C common stock to GCM V for aggregate consideration of $1.00; and

 

  900,000 warrants to purchase GCM Class A common stock to Holdings in consideration of the Option Conveyance.

 

The Company issued the foregoing securities in transactions not involving an underwriter and not requiring registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) thereof.

 

 

Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

 

Upon the consummation of the Transactions, Jonathan R. Levin, Angela Blanton, Francesca Cornelli, Stephen Malkin, Blythe Masters and Samuel C. Scott III were appointed as directors of the Company, joining Michael J. Sacks on the board of directors, to serve until the end of their respective terms and until their successors are elected and qualified. Angela Blanton, Francesca Cornelli, Blythe Masters and Samuel C. Scott III were appointed to serve on the Company’s audit committee, with Blythe Masters serving as the chair and Angela Blanton, Francesca Cornelli and Blythe Masters each qualifying as an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Michael J. Sacks was appointed as Chairman of the board of directors and will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

Reference is also made to the disclosure described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Officers and Directors of GCM PubCo Upon Consummation of the Business Combination” beginning on page 242 for biographical information about each of the directors following the Transactions, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

3

 

 

Certain relationships and related person transactions of the Company and its directors are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” beginning on page 256 and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

In connection with the consummation of the Transactions, each of the Company’s executive officers and directors entered into an indemnification agreement with the Company, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.5 to this Report and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

 

 

On November 17, 2020, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions and as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation (as amended, the “Amended & Restated Charter”) and amended and restated its bylaws (as amended, the “Amended & Restated Bylaws”) to, among other things, (i) change its authorized capital stock 700,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 300,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (ii) authorize that holders of shares of GCM Class A common stock will be entitled to cast one vote per share of GCM Class A common stock and holders of shares of GCM Class C common stock will, (1) prior to the Sunset Date (as defined in the Amended & Restated Charter), be entitled to cast the lesser of (x) 10 votes per share and (y) the Class C Share Voting Amount (as defined in the Amended & Restated Charter) and (2) from and after the Sunset Date, be entitled to cast one vote per share and (iii) authorize that certain provisions of the Amended & Restated Charter and Amended & Restated Bylaws, in each case, will be subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Amended & Restated Charter and the Amended & Restated Bylaws are set forth in Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 to this Report, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Reference is also made to the disclosure described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section “Organizational Documents Proposals” beginning on page 126, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

 

(a) Financial statements of businesses acquired.

 

The combined financial statements of GCMH and GCM LLC as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations for such period and the combined financial statements of GCMH and GCM LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are set forth in Exhibits 99.1, 99.2 and 99.3 to this Report, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

The financial statements of CFAC as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are set forth in Exhibits 99.4 and 99.5 to this Report, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Pro forma financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of CFAC and GCMH and GCM LLC as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 is set forth in Exhibit 99.6 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

4

 

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.
10.1*   Stockholders’ Agreement.
10.2*   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement.
10.3*   Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.4*   Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP.
10.5   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
99.1   Unaudited combined financial statements of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C. as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020.
99.2   Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.
99.3   Audited combined financial statements of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 202018 (incorporated by reference to the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated October 14, 2020, filed by the Company).
99.4   Unaudited financial statements of CF Finance Acquisition Corp. as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 (incorporated by reference to CF Finance Acquisition Corp.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2020).
99.5   Audited financial statements of CF Finance Acquisition Corp. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (incorporated by reference to the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated October 14, 2020, filed by the Company).
99.6   Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

* Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The Company agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.

 

 

5

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

    GCM Grosvenor Inc.
     
Date: November 20, 2020 By: /s/ Burke Montgomery
    Name:   Burke Montgomery
    Title: General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

6

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

of

GCM Grosvenor Inc.

 

1. Name. The name of the corporation is GCM Grosvenor Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

2. Address; Registered Office and Agent. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, 19808, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

3. Purposes.

 

3.1 General Purpose. Until the Public Benefit Election (as defined below), the purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law (the “Purpose”).

 

3.2 Public Benefit Corporation. Upon the 5th calendar day following the date that the affirmative approval of a majority of the members of the Board is publicly disclosed to the stockholders of the Corporation, and without any other action on the part of the Corporation, the Board or any stockholder of the Corporation, the Corporation shall become a public benefit corporation as contemplated by subchapter XV of the General Corporation Law, or any successor provisions thereof (the “Public Benefit Election”). From and after the exercise by the Board of the Public Benefit Election, the Corporation will be intended to operate to produce a public benefit or benefits, and will be managed in a manner that balances the stockholders’ pecuniary interests, the best interests of those materially affected by the Corporation’s conduct and the public benefit or benefits identified in this Amended Certificate of Incorporation. If the General Corporation Law is amended to alter or further define the management and operation of public benefit corporations, then the Corporation shall be managed and operated in accordance with the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

3.3 Public Benefit Purpose. From and after the Public Benefit Election, the Corporation will be managed so as to have a positive effect on society by promoting a culture of diversity, equity and inclusion within its workforce and that of its vendors while reducing the environmental impact of its operations.  In addition, the Corporation will continue to offer, consistent with its fiduciary duties to its investment advisory clients, investment products and services that promote positive Environmental, Social and Governance objectives and Impact investment themes.

 

 

 

 

4. Number of Shares.

 

4.1 The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,600,000,000 shares, consisting of: (a) 700,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, with the par value of $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), (b) 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, with the par value of $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with Class A Common Stock, the “Class A/B Common Stock”), (c) 300,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, with the par value of $0.0001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), and (d) 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with the par value of $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). Upon the filing and effectiveness of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the Corporation (the “Old Common Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically without any further action by the Corporation or any stockholder, be reclassified into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock.

 

4.2 Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding, the number of authorized shares of any class of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased, in each case by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of any class of the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class will be required therefor. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the number of authorized shares of any particular class may not be decreased below the number of shares of such class then outstanding, plus:

 

(a) in the case of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with (x) the exchange of all outstanding Common Units, as a result of any Redemption or Direct Exchange pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement (including for this purpose any Common Units issuable upon the exercise of any options, warrants or similar rights to acquire Common Units) and (y) the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class A Common Stock;

 

(b) in the case of Class B Common Stock, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class B Common Stock; and

 

(c) in the case of Class C Common Stock, the number of shares of Class C Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class C Common Stock.

 

2

 

 

5. Classes of Shares. The designation, relative rights, power and preferences, qualifications, restrictions and limitations of the shares of each class of stock are as follows:

 

5.1 Common Stock.

 

(a) Voting Rights.

 

(i) Each share of Class A Common Stock will entitle the record holder thereof to one vote on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote, and, until the Sunset Date, each share of Class C Common Stock will entitle the record holder thereof to a number of votes on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote equal to the lesser of (x) ten (10) votes and (y) the Class C Share Voting Amount, except that, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of shares of each class of Common Stock, as such, will have no voting power with respect to, and will not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of any outstanding Preferred Stock if the holders of such Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a separate class thereon under this Amended Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or under the General Corporation Law. Shares of Class B Common Stock will not entitle the record holder thereof to any voting powers, except as (and then only to the extent) otherwise required by applicable law. From and after the Sunset Date, each share of Class C Common Stock will entitle the record holder thereof to one vote on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

 

(ii) Except as otherwise required in this Amended Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock (other than the holders of Class B Common Stock) will vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of Preferred Stock).

 

(b) Dividends; Stock Splits or Combinations.

 

(i) Subject to Section 5.1(b)(ii), applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference senior to or the right to participate with the Class A/B Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends of cash or property may be declared and paid on the Class A/B Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor, at the times and in the amounts as the Board in its discretion may determine.

 

(ii) Subject to Section 5.1(b)(v), dividends of cash or property may not be declared or paid on the Class A Common Stock unless a dividend of the same amount per share and same type of cash or property (or combination thereof) per share is concurrently declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock. Dividends of cash or property may not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock unless a dividend of the same amount per share and same type of cash or property (or combination thereof) per share is concurrently declared or paid on the Class A Common Stock.

 

(iii) Except as provided in Section 5.1(b)(iv) with respect to stock dividends, dividends of cash or property may not be declared or paid on the Class C Common Stock.

 

3

 

 

(iv) In no event will any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of stock, reclassification or recapitalization be declared or made on any class of Common Stock (each, a “Stock Adjustment”) unless a corresponding Stock Adjustment for all other classes of Common Stock at the time outstanding is made in the same proportion and the same manner (unless the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of any such other class of Common Stock (voting separately as a single class) waive such requirement in advance and in writing, in which event no such Stock Adjustment need be made for such other class of Common Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to declare a stock dividend on the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock without any corresponding Stock Adjustment to the other classes of Common Stock so long as, after the payment of such stock dividend on the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding (excluding any shares issuable upon the exercise of any options, warrants, restricted stock units, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, and excluding any shares issuable upon the exchange of Common Units as a result of any Redemption or Direct Exchange pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement) does not exceed the number of Common Units owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation. Stock dividends with respect to each class of Common Stock may only be paid with shares of stock of the same class of Common Stock.

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if a dividend in the form of capital stock of a subsidiary of the Corporation is declared or paid on the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock, the relative per share voting rights of the capital stock of such subsidiary so distributed in respect of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall be (a) in the same proportion as the relative voting rights of a share of Class A Common Stock and a share of Class B Common Stock or (b) as otherwise determined at the time of such dividend by the Board.

 

(c) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled, if any, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock will be entitled to receive, pari passu, an amount per share equal to the par value thereof, and thereafter the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A/B Common Stock will be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A/B Common Stock held by such holders. The holders of shares of Class C Common Stock, as such, will not be entitled to receive, with respect to such shares, any assets of the Corporation in excess of the par value thereof, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

4

 

 

(d) Merger, Consolidation, Tender or Exchange Offer. Except as expressly provided in this Article 5, all shares of the Class A/B Common Stock shall, as among each other, have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, and all shares of the Class C Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical as to all matters (unless holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of any class of Common Stock (voting separately as a single class) waive such requirement in advance and in writing to different treatment as to such class of Common Stock, in which event different treatment may be permitted for such class of Common Stock). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of any class of Common Stock (voting separately as a single class) waive such requirement in advance and in writing to different treatment as to such class of Common Stock, in which event different treatment may be permitted for such class of Common Stock, (1) in the event of a merger, consolidation or other business combination requiring the approval of the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote thereon (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), the holders of any class of Class A/B Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration, if any, as the holders of any other class of Class A/B Common Stock, and the holders of any class of Class A/B Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration, if any, on a per share basis as the holders of any other class of Class A/B Common Stock, and (2) in the event of (a) any tender or exchange offer to acquire any shares of Common Stock by any third party pursuant to an agreement to which the Corporation is a party or (b) any tender or exchange offer by the Corporation to acquire any shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the terms of the applicable tender or exchange offer, the holders of any class of Class A/B Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration, if any, as the holders of any other class of Class A/B Common Stock, and the holders of any class of Class A/B Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration, if any, on a per share basis as the holders of any other class of Class A/B Common Stock; provided that, for the purposes of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) and notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 5.1(d), (i) in the event any such consideration includes securities, the consideration payable to holders of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed the same form of consideration and at least the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of Class A Common Stock on a per share basis if the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of Class B Common Stock is that the securities distributed to such holders have no voting power, except as otherwise required by applicable law and (ii) payments under or in respect of the tax receivable or similar agreement entered by the Corporation from time to time with any holders of Common Stock and/or securities of OpCo shall not be considered part of the consideration payable in respect of any share of Common Stock.

 

5

 

 

5.2 Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series of any number of shares, provided that the aggregate number of shares issued and not retired of any and all such series shall not exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock hereinabove authorized, and with such powers, including voting powers, if any, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, all as shall hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the designation and issue of such shares of Preferred Stock from time to time adopted by the Board. The powers, including voting powers, if any, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Each series of shares of Preferred Stock: (i) may have such voting rights or powers, full or limited, if any; (ii) may be subject to redemption at such time or times and at such prices, if any; (iii) may be entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rate or rates, on such conditions and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock, if any; (iv) may have such rights upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of, upon any distribution of the assets of, or in the event of any merger, sale or consolidation of, the Corporation, if any; (v) may be made convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation (or any other securities of the Corporation or any other Person) at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments, if any; (vi) may be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares of such series in such amount or amounts, if any; (vii) may be entitled to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or of any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any subsidiary of, any outstanding shares of the Corporation, if any; (viii) may be subject to restrictions on transfer or registration of transfer, or on the amount of shares that may be owned by any Person or group of Persons; and (ix) may have such other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any; all as shall be stated in said resolution or resolutions of the Board providing for the designation and issue of such shares of Preferred Stock.

 

6. Certain Provisions Related to Redemption Right.

 

6.1 No Conversion Rights of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock shall not have any conversion rights.

 

6.2 Reservation of Shares of Class A Common Stock for Redemptions. The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purposes of effecting any exchanges pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable in connection with the exchange of all outstanding Common Units as a result of any Redemption or Direct Exchange pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement (including for this purpose any Common Units issuable upon the exercise of any options, warrants or similar rights to acquire Common Units), as applicable (without regard to any restrictions on Redemption and Direct Exchanges contained therein and assuming no Redemptions or Direct Exchanges for cash). The Corporation covenants that all the shares of Class A Common Stock that are issued upon any such redemption or exchange of such Common Units will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

6

 

 

6.3 Retirement of Class C Common Stock. In the event that (a) a share of Class A Common Stock issued as a result of any Redemption or Direct Exchange of a Common Unit outstanding as of the effective date of the OpCo Partnership Agreement pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement is subsequently transferred to any Person that is not a Key Holder (or Affiliate or owner thereof), or (b) a Redemption or Direct Exchange by Cash Settlement is effected with respect to any Common Unit outstanding as of the effective date of the OpCo Partnership Agreement pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement, a share of Class C Common Stock chosen by the Corporation in its sole discretion will automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or the holder thereof be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration and thereupon the Corporation shall promptly take all necessary action to cause such share to be retired, and such share thereafter may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

6.4 Taxes. The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement will be made without charge to the holders receiving such shares for any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties or other similar tax in respect of the issuance.

 

7. Board of Directors; Committees.

 

7.1 Number of Directors.

 

(a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. Unless and except to the extent that the By-laws of the Corporation (as such By-laws may be amended from time to time, the “By-laws”) shall so require, the election of the directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) need not be by written ballot. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional Directors, (i) the total authorized number of Directors constituting the entire Board shall not be less than three (3) and shall not be more than twenty (20), with the then-authorized number of Directors being fixed from time to time by the Board, which number shall initially be seven (7) members.

 

(b) During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional Directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 (“Preferred Stock Directors”), upon the commencement, and for the duration, of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then-total authorized number of Directors shall automatically be increased by such specified number of Preferred Stock Directors, and the holders of the related Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the Preferred Stock Directors pursuant to the provisions of the certificate of designation for the series of Preferred Stock, and (ii) each such Preferred Stock Director shall serve until such Preferred Stock Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such Preferred Stock Director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to such provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect Preferred Stock Directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such Preferred Stock Directors elected by the holders of such Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such Preferred Stock Directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total and authorized number of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

 

7

 

 

7.2 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then-outstanding and subject to obtaining any required stockholder votes or consents under the Stockholders’ Agreement (or complying with any stockholders’ designation rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement), newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board. Any Director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the Directors in which such Director is included and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any Director then in office.

 

7.3 Removal of Directors. Except for Preferred Stock Directors and subject to obtaining any required stockholder votes or consents under the Stockholders’ Agreement, any Director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class.

 

7.4 Quorum. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law and Stock Exchange Rules, the presence of the Chairman shall be necessary in order for a quorum to be obtained at any meeting of the Board. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if a quorum does not exist at any properly called meeting of the Board solely due to the lack of attendance thereat by the Chairman, (x) such meeting shall be adjourned and, (y) subject to the obligation to provide proper prior notice pursuant to the By-laws to all members of the Board, recalled for the same purpose not less than twenty-four hours and not more than ten (10) calendar days from the date of adjournment. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Chairman is unable to attend any emergency meeting of the Board, as determined by the Board in good faith, by reason of temporary disability or otherwise, the presence of the Chairman shall not be necessary in order for such quorum to be obtained and the Board may appoint a Director as interim chairman to preside over such meeting.

 

8. Meetings of Stockholders.

 

8.1 Action by Written Consent. So long as the Corporation qualifies as a “controlled company” under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(c)(1), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected by the consent in writing of the holders of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

8

 

 

8.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to any special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of (i) the Board, (ii)  the Chairman or (iii) so long as the Corporation is a “controlled company”, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of any holder of at least 25% of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

9. General Corporation Law; Section 203 and Business Combinations.

 

(A) The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 9(B)-(D) below shall apply.

 

(B) The Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

(1) prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

 

(2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

 

(3) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

9

 

 

(C) The restrictions contained in the foregoing Section 9(B) shall not apply if:

  

(1) a stockholder becomes an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an interested stockholder and (ii) would not, at any time, within the three-year period immediately prior to the business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership, or

 

(2) the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 9(C)(2), (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of the Board and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the General Corporation Law, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required), (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent or more of either that aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all interested stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 9(C)(2).

 

(D) For purposes of this Section 9, references to:

 

(1) “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

(2) “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of the voting power thereof; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

10

 

 

(3) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

  

a. any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation subsection (B) of this Section 9 is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

b. any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

c. any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the General Corporation Law; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (c) through (e) of this subsection shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

d. any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

11

 

 

e. any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a) through (d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

(4) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this subsection (B) of Section 9, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

(5) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include (a) any Stockholder Party, any Stockholder Party Direct Transferee, any Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, further, that in the case of clause (b) such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below. For the avoidance of doubt, a Redemption or Direct Exchange of Common Units pursuant to Article X of the OpCo Partnership Agreement, respectively, shall not, by itself, cause the person that is having Common Units redeemed or received in the Redemption or Direct Exchange, as applicable, or any other person, to become an interested stockholder; and a retirement of any shares of Class C Common Stock pursuant to Section 6.3, and the related increase in the proportionate voting power of outstanding voting stock of the Corporation held by persons other than the holder of such shares of Class C Common Stock, shall not, by itself, cause any person to become an interested stockholder.

 

12

 

 

(6) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

a. beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

 

b. has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

 

c. has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

(7) “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

(8) “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

(9) “Stockholder Party” means any GCM Equityholder.

 

(10) “Stockholder Party Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Stockholder Party or any of its successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

(11) “Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Stockholder Party Direct Transferee or any other Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

13

 

 

(12) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall be calculated on the basis of the aggregate number of votes applicable to all shares of such voting stock, and by allocating to each share of voting stock, that number of votes to which such share is entitled (e.g., with respect to the voting stock of the Corporation, each share of Class A Common Stock, whereas each share of Class C Common Stock is allocated the number of votes set forth in Section 5.1).

 

10. Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, the Corporation acknowledges that: (i) each stockholder or Director of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Exempted Persons”; provided, that no Director who is an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be an “Exempted Person” in his or her capacity as such) shall have no duty not to, directly or indirectly, engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, including those deemed to be competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, in each case, except to the extent otherwise set forth in a writing executed by the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and such Exempted Person, on the other hand; and (ii) in the event that any Exempted Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation, the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law hereby renounces any interest or expectancy therein and such Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, as the case may be, and to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be liable to the Corporation or its Affiliates or stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that such Exempted Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person, or does not present such opportunity to the Corporation, in each case, except to the extent otherwise set forth in a writing executed by the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and such Exempted Person, on the other hand.

 

11. Limitation of Liability.

 

11.1 To the fullest extent permitted under the General Corporation Law, no Director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director.

 

11.2 Any amendment or repeal of this Article 11 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

 

14

 

 

12. Indemnification.

  

12.1 To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), the Corporation shall indemnify, and advance expenses to, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation or, while a Director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (each, an “Indemnitee” and collectively, the “Indemnitees”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a Director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, from and against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, other than an action against the Corporation brought by an Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under this Article 12, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such person if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) was not authorized by the Board.

 

12.2 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article 12 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

12.3 To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 12 or otherwise.

 

12.4 If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article 13 is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnitee has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law. In (i) any suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, such person has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by members of the Board who are not parties to such action, a committee of such members, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by members of the Board who are not parties to such action, a committee of such members, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

 

15

 

 

12.5 The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or while a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the General Corporation Law or the provisions of this Article 12.

 

12.6 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article 12 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such officer or Director. The indemnification and advancement of expenses that may have been provided to an employee or agent of the Corporation by action of the Board, pursuant to Section 12.10, shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be an employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person, after the time such person has ceased to be an employee or agent of the Corporation, only on such terms and conditions and to the extent determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

  

12.7 Given that certain claims may be jointly indemnifiable (“Jointly Indemnifiable Claims”) by the Corporation, its Controlled Entities (as defined below) or Indemnitee-Related Entities (as defined below) in respect of the service of Indemnitee as a Director and/or executive officer of the Corporation and/or a director, executive officer, employee, consultant, fiduciary or agent of other corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, employee benefit plans or other enterprises controlled by the Corporation (the “Controlled Entities”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity, the Corporation acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities to, be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the General Corporation Law, (ii) this Amended Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws or (iii) any other agreement between the Corporation or any Controlled Entity and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, (iv) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Controlled Entity and/or (v) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Controlled Entity ((i) through (v) collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation or any Controlled Entity be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation or any Controlled Entity under the Indemnification Sources. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, (i) the Corporation shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities to, reimburse the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly upon written demand from such Indemnitee-Related Entity, (ii) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by the Corporation and/or any Controlled Entity pursuant to clause (i), the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Corporation and/or any Controlled Entity or under any insurance policy, as applicable, and (iii) the Indemnitee and the Corporation and, as applicable, any Controlled Entity shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Corporation and the Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 12.7.

 

16

 

 

12.8 “Indemnitee-Related Entities” means any company, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation, any Controlled Entity or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Corporation or any Controlled Entity) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation or any Controlled Entity may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

12.9 Any amendment or repeal of the foregoing provisions of this Article 12 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee or its successors in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

 

12.10 This Article 12 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

 

13. Adoption, Amendment or Repeal of By-Laws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement (for so long as it remains in effect), the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws.

 

17

 

 

14. Adoption, Amendment and Repeal of Certificate. Subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement (for so long as it remains in effect), the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the General Corporation Law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, Directors or any other Persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended, are granted and held subject to this reservation.

 

15. Forum for Adjudication of Disputes. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, this Amended Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 15. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Article 15 shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its Directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

18

 

 

17. Definitions. As used in this Amended Certificate of Incorporation, unless the context otherwise requires or as set forth in another Article or Section of this Amended Certificate of Incorporation, the term:

 

(a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person; provided, that (i) neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries will be deemed an Affiliate of any stockholder of the Corporation or any of such stockholders’ Affiliates and (ii) no stockholder of the Corporation will be deemed an Affiliate of any other stockholder of the Corporation, in each case, solely by reason of any investment in the Corporation or any rights conferred on such stockholder pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement (including any representatives of such stockholder serving on the Board).

 

(b) “Amended Certificate of Incorporation” is defined in the recitals.

 

(c) “Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

(d) “By-laws” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

(e) “Cash Settlement” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Partnership Agreement.

 

(f) “Chairman” means the chairperson of the Board, which shall initially be Michael J. Sacks.

 

(g) “Class A Common Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

(h) “Class A/B Common Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

(i) “Class B Common Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

(j) “Class C Aggregate Voting Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

(k) “Class C Common Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

(l) “Class C Share Voting Amount” means the (x) Class C Aggregate Voting Amount, divided by (y) the number of shares of Class C Common Stock then outstanding.

 

(m) “Common Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

(n) “Common Unit” means a Common Unit of OpCo.

 

(o) “control” (including the terms “controlling” and “controlled”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of such subject Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

 

19

 

 

(p) “Controlled Entities” is defined in Section 12.7.

 

(q) “Corporation” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

 

(r) “Direct Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Partnership Agreement.

 

(s) “Director” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

(t) “Exempted Persons” is defined in Section 10.

 

(u) “GCM Equityholders” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

(v) “GCM V” means GCM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

(w) “General Corporation Law” is defined in the recitals.

 

(x) “Indemnification Sources” is defined in Section 12.7.

 

(y) “Indemnitee” is defined in Section 12.1.

 

(z) “Indemnitee-Related Entities” is defined in Section 12.8.

 

(aa) “Indemnitees” is defined in Section 12.1.

 

(bb) “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” is defined in Section 12.7.

 

(cc) “Key Holders” means each of Michael J. Sacks, GCM V, and the GCM Equityholders.

 

(dd) “Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Partnership Agreement.

 

(ee) “OpCo” means Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, an Illinois limited liability limited partnership, or any successor thereto.

 

(ff) “OpCo Partnership Agreement” means the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated as of November 17, 2020, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified, from time to time.

 

20

 

 

(gg) “Permitted Transfer” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Partnership Agreement.

  

(hh) “Person” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

 

(ii) “Preferred Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

(jj) “Preferred Stock Directors” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

(kk) “proceeding” is defined in Section 12.1.

 

(ll) “Redemption” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Partnership Agreement.

 

(mm) “Share Settlement” has the meaning set forth in the OpCo Partnership Agreement.

 

(nn) “Stock Adjustment” is defined in Section 5.1(b)(iv).

 

(oo) “Stockholders’ Agreement” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2020, by and among the Corporation and the other persons party thereto or that may become parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified, from time to time.

 

(pp) “Stock Exchange Rules” means the rules and regulations for listed companies as in effect from time to time of the principal United States national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed for trading, which as of the date hereof is the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations.

 

(qq) “Sunset Date” has the meaning set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

 

21

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

FINAL FORM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bylaws of

 

GCM Grosvenor Inc.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
Article I - Corporate Offices 1
     
1.1 Registered Office 1
1.2 Other Offices 1
     
Article II - Meetings of Stockholders 1
     
2.1 Place of Meetings 1
2.2 Annual Meeting 1
2.3 Special Meeting 1
2.4 Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting 2
2.5 Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors 5
2.6 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 8
2.7 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice 8
2.8 Quorum 8
2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 9
2.10 Conduct of Business 9
2.11 Voting 9
2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes 10
2.13 Proxies 10
2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 10
2.15 Inspectors of Election 11
     
Article III - Directors 11
     
3.1 Powers 11
3.2 Resignation 12
3.3 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 12
3.4 Regular Meetings 12
3.5 Special Meetings; Notice 12
3.6 Quorum 12
3.7 Board Action by Written Consent without a Meeting 12
3.8 Fees and Compensation of Directors 12
     
Article IV - Committees 14
     
4.1 Committees of Directors 14
4.2 Committee Minutes 14
4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees 14
     
Article V - Officers 15
     
5.1 Officers 15
5.2 Appointment of Officers 15
5.3 Subordinate Officers 15
5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 15
5.5 Vacancies in Offices 15
5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 16
5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 16

  

i

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued) 

 

  Page
   
Article VI - Records 16
     
Article VII - General Matters 16
     
7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments 16
7.2 Stock Certificates 16
7.3 Lost Certificates 17
7.4 Shares Without Certificates 17
7.5 Construction; Definitions 17
7.6 Dividends 17
7.7 Fiscal Year 17
7.8 Seal 18
7.9 Transfer of Stock 18
7.10 Stock Transfer Agreements 18
7.11 Registered Stockholders 18
7.12 Waiver of Notice 18
     
Article VIII - Amendments 19

 

ii

 

 

Bylaws of

GCM Grosvenor Inc.

 

 

 

Article I - Corporate Offices

 

1.1 Registered Office

 

The address of the registered office of GCM Grosvenor Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

1.2 Other Offices

 

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s Board may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

 

2.1 Place of Meetings

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2 Annual Meeting

 

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 may be transacted.

 

2.3 Special Meeting

 

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by such Persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting.

 

  1  

 

 

2.4 Advance Notice Procedures for Business Brought before a Meeting.

 

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A)(1) was a stockholder of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”), which proposal has been included in the proxy statement for the annual meeting. The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Person calling the meeting pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and Section 2.3 of these bylaws. For purposes of this Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these bylaws, as applicable, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual or special meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting, and a “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be (A) any person who is authorized in writing by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders or (B), if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or Person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or Person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or Person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust. This Section 2.4 shall apply to any business that may be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders other than nominations for election to the Board at an annual meeting, which shall be governed by Section 2.5 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations for election to the Board except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

 

(ii) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.4(i)(c), (a) the stockholder must provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) the stockholder must provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4 and (c) the proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which, in the case of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporation’s initial underwritten public offering of common stock, the preceding year’s annual meeting date shall be deemed to be June, 5); provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period or extend a time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

  2  

 

 

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the number of shares of each class or series of stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

(b) As to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (C) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any Affiliate of the Corporation, (D) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation or any Affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (E) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any Affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (F) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (F) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner and (G) a representation whether any Proposing Person, intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal; and

 

  3  

 

 

(c) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other Person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (D) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this Section 2.4(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

 

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (c) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation or (d) any associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder, beneficial owner or any other participant.

 

(v) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

  4  

 

 

(vii) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(viii) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5 Advance Notice Procedures for Nominations of Directors.

 

(i) Subject in all respects to the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and Certificate of Incorporation, nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (b) by a stockholder present in person (as defined in Section 2.4) who (1) was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such notice and nomination. The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders other than in accordance with the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(ii) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period or extend a time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

 

(b) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(c) shall be made with respect to nomination of each person for election as a director at the meeting) and a representation whether any Nominating Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee and/or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination; and

 

  5  

 

 

(c) As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(vi).

 

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (c) any other participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) in such solicitation and (d) any associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner or any other participant in such solicitation.

 

(v) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.5(ii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 2.5(ii) and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

  6  

 

 

(vii) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.5(ii) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the Corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting at which directors are to be elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(viii) To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in this Section 2.5 (or otherwise in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement or Certificate of Incorporation, as applicable) and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in the case of a nomination by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.5(i)(b), in accordance with the time period prescribed in this Section 2.5 for delivery of the stockholder notice of nomination), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such candidate for nomination and (b) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (A) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any Person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed therein and (B) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to all directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

(ix) The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines.

 

(x) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

(xi) No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with this Section 2.5, as applicable. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

  7  

 

 

(xii) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless nominated and elected in accordance with this Section 2.5.

 

(xiii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these bylaws, for as long as any party to the Stockholders’ Agreement has a right to designate or nominate a Director, the procedure for any such nomination shall be governed by the Stockholders’ Agreement and such party shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in these bylaws for the nomination of any person to serve as a Director at any annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders.

 

2.6 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.7 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.7 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

 

(i) if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

 

(ii) if electronically transmitted as provided in the DGCL.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.8 Quorum

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented.

 

  8  

 

 

2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

2.10 Conduct of Business

 

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2.11 Voting

 

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a number of votes based on the number of and type of shares of capital stock held by such stockholder as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement or as required under the DGCL.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

 

  9  

 

 

2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.13 Proxies

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another Person or Persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but, no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of an electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

 

The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

  10  

 

 

2.15 Inspectors of Election.

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more Persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any Person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a Person to fill that vacancy.

 

Such inspectors shall:

 

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

 

(ii) count all votes or ballots;

 

(iii) count and tabulate all votes;

 

(iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

 

(v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

 

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such Persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

 

Article III - Directors

 

3.1 Powers

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

  11  

 

 

3.2 Number of Directors

 

The total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

 

The procedures for election of directors, as well as the terms and qualifications of directors, shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

3.5 Resignation and Vacancies. Subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement, any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, except as otherwise provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

3.6 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee of the Board or subcommittee of the Board, in each case, designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee of the Board or subcommittee of the Board, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.7 Regular Meetings

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.8 Special Meetings; Notice

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board or a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board.

 

  12  

 

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

 

(iv) sent by other means of electronic transmission,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.9 Quorum

 

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement, at all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the presence of the chairperson of the Board shall be necessary in order for a quorum to be obtained at any meeting of the Board. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the chairperson of the Board is unable to attend any emergency meeting of the Board, as determined by the Board in good faith, by reason of temporary disability or otherwise, the presence of the chairperson of the Board shall not be necessary in order for such quorum to be obtained and the Board may appoint a Director as interim chairperson of the Board to preside over such meeting. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.10 Action by Written Consent without a Meeting

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board or subcommittee of the Board, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee or subcommittee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After such an action is taken by written consent without a meeting, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or any committee or subcommittee thereof in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

 

3.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

  13  

 

 

Article IV - Committees

 

4.1 Committees of Directors

 

Subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement, the Board may designate one (1) or more committees of the Board or the Board, each committee of the Board to consist, of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation and each committee of the Board, if different than the Board, to consent of one (1) or more members of the Board. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors or members of the Board, as applicable, as alternate members of any committee of the Board, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee or subcommittee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation. The presence of a majority of the members of any committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof shall be necessary in order for a quorum to be obtained.

 

4.2 Committee Minutes

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i) Section 3.6 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

(ii) Section 3.7 (regular meetings);

 

(iii) Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice);

 

(iv) Section 3.10 (action without a meeting); and

 

(v) Section 7.12 (waiver of notice),

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its respective members for the Board and its members. However:

 

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

 

(iii) the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

 

  14  

 

 

Article V - Officers

 

5.1 Officers

 

The officers of the Corporation shall initially include a chief executive officer, a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 Appointment of Officers

 

The Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

 

5.3 Subordinate Officers

 

The Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws. As the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof may from time to time determine, or as determined by the officer upon whom such power of appointment has been conferred by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof.

 

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 Vacancies in Offices

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or a duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

  15  

 

 

5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

 

The chief executive officer, the president, the chairperson of the Board, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other Person authorized by the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or securities of any other corporation or entity standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such Person directly or by any other Person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such Person having the authority.

 

5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

Article VI - Records

 

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code.

 

Article VII - General Matters

 

7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

7.2 Stock Certificates

 

The shares of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, subject to the sole discretion of the Board and applicable law. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The chief executive officer, chairperson of the Board, the president, vice president, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, general counsel or deputy general counsel, the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

  16  

 

 

7.3 Lost Certificates

 

The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.4 Shares Without Certificates

 

The Corporation shall adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

7.5 Construction; Definitions

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. In connection herewith, to the extent there are conflicts among these bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Stockholders’ Agreement, priority shall first be given to the Certificate of Incorporation, second to the Stockholders’ Agreement and third to the these bylaws, in each case except as otherwise required by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

 

7.6 Dividends

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

7.7 Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

  17  

 

 

7.8 Seal

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.9 Transfer of Stock

 

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws subject to any transfer restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Stockholders’ Agreement. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation pursuant to applicable provisions of the governing documents such subsidiary of the Corporation, of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate Person or Persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the Persons from and to whom it was transferred.

 

7.10 Stock Transfer Agreements

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

7.11 Registered Stockholders

 

The Corporation:

 

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

 

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

7.12 Waiver of Notice

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the Person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a Person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the Person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  18  

 

 

Article VIII - Amendments

 

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders’ Agreement and the DGCL.

 

Article IX - Definitions

 

As used in these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the term:

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee (or the power to appoint a trustee), personal representative or executor, by contract, credit arrangement or otherwise and “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

Person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2020, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto or that may become parties thereto from time to time, as it may be amended, supplemented or modified.

 

 

19

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Stockholders’ Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of November 17, 2020, by and among:

 

(i) GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

 

(ii) Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company (“GCM Holdings”), GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Grosvenor Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “GCM Equityholders”); and

 

(iii) GCM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GCM V” and, together with the GCM Equityholders, each a “Voting Party” and collectively the “Voting Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Transaction Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2020 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among the Company, CF Finance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and predecessor to the Company (“CFFA”), CF Finance Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of CFFA, GCMH GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“GCM LLLP”) and GCM V, pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed to consummate the Transactions (as defined in the Transaction Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, CFFA merged with and into the Company, with CFFA ceasing to exist as a separate corporation and the Company surviving the merger as the surviving corporation;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, the Company and the Voting Parties are party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated and/or modified from time to time, the “Registration Rights Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, the Voting Parties have agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, as of immediately following the closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”) each of the Voting Parties Beneficially Owns (as defined below) the respective number of shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and Class C common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), of the Company, set forth on Annex A hereto;

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, the Voting Parties in the aggregate Beneficially Own (as defined below) shares of Common Stock representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the number of shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by each Voting Party may change from time to time, in accordance with the terms of (x) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as it may be amended, supplemented and/or restated from time to time (the “Charter”), (y) the by-laws of the Company and (z) the Registration Rights Agreement, which changes shall be reported by each Voting Party in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”);

 

WHEREAS, each of the Voting Parties believes that it is in their respective best interests to qualify the Company as a “controlled company” under the listing standards of Nasdaq; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to maintain a group and to enter into this Agreement to provide for voting agreements pursuant to which all of the Voting Parties’ shares of Common Stock will be voted together with respect to elections of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Transaction Agreement. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

 

Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

 

Class C Aggregate Voting Amount” means the number of votes equal to (x) 75% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (including, solely for this purpose, any shares of the Company’s voting stock issuable in connection with the exercise (assuming, solely for this purpose, full exercise and not net exercise) of all outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights to receive voting stock of the Company, in each case owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Key Holders (as defined in the Charter), but excluding the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with the exchange of Common Units (as defined in the A&R LLLPA), as a result of any Redemption or Direct Exchange pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article X of the A&R LLLPA (such number of shares, the “Includible Shares”)), minus (y) the total voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (other than Class C Common Stock) owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Key Holders (including, solely for this purpose, the Includible Shares).

 

Closing Date” shall have the meaning given in the Transaction Agreement.

 

Lock-up Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

2

 

 

Lock-up Shares” shall mean (i) the shares of Common Stock received by the Voting Parties in connection with the Transactions on the Closing Date, (ii) any shares of Common Stock received after the Closing Date by any Voting Party pursuant to a Direct Exchange or Redemption (each as defined in the A&R LLLPA) of the Common Units held as of the Closing Date, and (iii) the Surviving Corporation Private Placement Warrants held as of the Closing Date and any shares of Common Stock issued to Voting Parties upon exercise of any such warrants.

 

Minimum Controlled Shares” means (i) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Class A Common Stock that would be Lock-up Shares subject to the Lock-up (but, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to Section 8(c)) and (ii) a number of shares of Class C Common Stock equal to fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Class C Common Stock subject to the Lock-up (but, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to Section 8(c)).

 

Necessary Action” means, with respect to any party and a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable law, within such party’s control and do not directly conflict with any rights expressly granted to such party in this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Charter or the by-laws of the Company) reasonably necessary and desirable within his, her or its control to cause such result, including, without limitation (i) calling special meetings of the Board and the stockholders of the Company, (ii) voting or providing a proxy with respect to the Voting Shares beneficially owned by such party, (iii) voting in favor of the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Charter or by-laws of the Company, including executing written consents in lieu of meetings, (iv) requesting members of the Board (to the extent such members were elected, nominated or designated by the party obligated to undertake such action) to act (subject to any applicable fiduciary duties) in a certain manner or causing them to be removed in the event they do not act in such a manner and (v) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such a result.

 

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any person or entity to whom a Voting Party is permitted to Transfer Lock-up Shares prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period in accordance with the terms hereof .

 

Sunset Date” means the date the GCM Equityholders Beneficially Own a number of shares of Class A Common Stock representing less than twenty percent (20%) of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the GCM Equityholders immediately following the Closing Date (assuming, for this purpose, that all outstanding Grosvenor Common Units (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) are and were exchanged at the applicable times of measurement by the GCM Equityholders for shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the A&R LLLPA and without regard to the Lock-Up or any other restriction on exchange).

 

3

 

 

Transfer” means the (a) sale of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

 

2. Agreement to Vote. During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party shall vote or cause to be voted all securities of the Company that may be voted in the election of the Company’s directors registered in the name of, or beneficially owned (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, including by the exercise or conversion of any security exercisable or convertible for shares of Common Stock, but excluding shares of stock underlying unexercised options or warrants) (“Beneficially Owned” or “Beneficial Ownership”) by such Voting Party, including any and all securities of the Company acquired and held in such capacity subsequent to the date hereof (hereinafter referred to as the “Voting Shares”), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, voting or causing to be voted all Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by such Voting Party so that the Board is comprised of the Persons designated pursuant to Subsection 3(a). Except as explicitly provided in this Agreement, each Voting Party is free to vote or cause to be voted all Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by such Voting Party. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2 shall require a Voting Party to exercise or convert any security exercisable or convertible for voting securities of the Company.

 

3. Board of Directors.

 

a. Board Representation. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement, the Company and each Voting Party shall take all Necessary Action to cause, effective immediately following the Closing Date, the Board to be comprised of seven (7) directors or such other number of directors as GCM V determines, all of which (the “GCM Designees” and each a “GCM Designee”) have been initially designated as set forth on Exhibit 3(a) hereto and shall thereafter be designated by GCM V; provided, that three (3) GCM Designees must qualify in the determination of the Board as an “independent director” under stock exchange regulations applicable to the Company and one (1) GCM Designee must qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K; provided, further, that from the date of this Agreement until the Sunset Date, the Company shall, and the Voting Parties shall take all Necessary Action to, include the GCM Designees in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company, including at every adjournment or postponement thereof, at which directors are to be elected. Michael J. Sacks shall be the individual serving as the initial Chairperson of the Board.

 

b. Sunset on GCM Designees. After the Sunset Date, the selection of directors shall be conducted in accordance with applicable law and with the Charter, by-laws of the Company, and the other corporate governance documents of the Company.

 

4

 

 

c. Resignation; Removal; Vacancies.

 

i. Any GCM Designee may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board.

 

ii. (A) GCM V shall have the exclusive right to remove one or more of the GCM Designees from the Board, and the Company and the Voting Parties shall take all Necessary Action to cause the removal of any such GCM Designee(s) at the written request of GCM V and (B) GCM V shall have the exclusive right, in accordance with Subsection 3(a), to designate directors for election to the Board to fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of the GCM Designees, and the Company and the Voting Parties shall take all Necessary Action to cause any such vacancies to be filled by replacement GCM Designees as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

d. Voting. Each of the Company and the Voting Parties agree not to take, directly or indirectly, any actions (including removing directors in a manner inconsistent with this Agreement) that would knowingly frustrate, obstruct or otherwise affect the provisions of this Agreement and the intention of the parties hereto with respect to the composition of the Board as herein stated. Each Voting Party, to the extent not prohibited by the Charter, shall vote all Voting Shares held by such Voting Party in such manner as may be necessary to elect and/or maintain in office as members of the Board those individuals designated in accordance with this Section 3 and to otherwise effect the intent of the provisions of this Agreement. Each Voting Party further agrees until the Sunset Date (i) to take all Necessary Action reasonably available within their power, including casting all votes to which such Voting Party is entitled in respect of its Voting Shares, whether at any annual or special meeting, by written consent or otherwise, so as to vote its Voting Shares on all matters submitted to the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the recommendation of the Board and (ii) not to grant, or enter into a binding agreement with respect to, any proxy to any Person in respect of such party’s equity securities of the Company that would prohibit such party from casting such votes in accordance with clause (i).

 

4. Required Approvals.

 

a. From the Sunset Date until the date on which the Voting Parties collectively Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company, in addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the stockholders of the Company required by applicable law, the Charter or by-laws of the Company, the Board may not approve, or cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to approve, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries may take, any action set forth on Exhibit 4(a) (whether directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise), other than as explicitly contemplated by this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, without the prior written consent of GCM V.

 

b. From the date on which the Voting Parties collectively Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company until the date on which the Voting Parties collectively Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company, in addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the stockholders of the Company required by applicable law, the Charter or by-laws of the Company, the Board may not approve, or cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to approve, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries may take, any action set forth on Exhibit 4(b) (whether directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise), other than as explicitly contemplated by this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement, without the prior written consent of GCM V.

 

5

 

 

5. Controlled Company

 

a. The Voting Parties agree and acknowledge that:

 

i. by virtue of this Agreement, from and after the date hereof, they are acting as a “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act for the purpose of causing the Company to continue to qualify as a “controlled company” under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(c); and

 

ii. by virtue of the combined voting power of the Voting Parties of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding as of the date hereof, the Company will, as of the date hereof, qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(c).

 

b. From and after the date hereof, the Company agrees and acknowledges that, unless otherwise agreed by GCM V, it shall elect, to the extent permitted under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, to be treated as a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(c).

 

6. Representations and Warranties of each Voting Party. Each Voting Party on its own behalf hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the other Voting Party, severally and not jointly, with respect to such Voting Party and such Voting Party’s ownership of his, her or its Voting Shares set forth on Annex A, as of the date of this Agreement, as follows:

 

a. Organization; Authority. If Voting Party is a legal entity, Voting Party (i) is duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and (ii) has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. If Voting Party is a natural person, Voting Party has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and perform his or her obligations hereunder. If Voting Party is a legal entity, this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Voting Party. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Voting Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

b. No Consent.  Except as provided in this Agreement and for filing requirements under applicable securities laws, no consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person on the part of Voting Party is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations or to make such designations, declarations or filings would not materially interfere with a Voting Party’s ability to perform his, her or its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. If Voting Party is a natural person, no consent of such Voting Party’s spouse is necessary under any “community property” or other laws for the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of Voting Party’s obligations hereunder. If Voting Party is a trust, no consent of any beneficiary is required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6

 

 

c. No Conflicts; Litigation. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance with the terms hereof, will (A) if such Voting Party is a legal entity, conflict with or violate any provision of the organizational documents of Voting Party, or (B) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under any provision of, any trust agreement, loan or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, notice, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Voting Party or to Voting Party’s property or assets, except, in the case of clause (B), that would not reasonably be expected to impair, individually or in the aggregate, Voting Party’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, there is no Action pending or, to the knowledge of a Voting Party, threatened, against such Voting Party or any of Voting Party’s Affiliates or any of their respective assets or properties that would materially interfere with such Voting Party’s ability to perform his, her or its obligations pursuant to this Agreement or that would reasonably be expected to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

d. Ownership of Shares.  Voting Party Beneficially Owns his, her or its Voting Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances. Except pursuant to this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, there are no options, warrants or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character to which Voting Party is a party relating to the pledge, acquisition, disposition, Transfer or voting of Voting Shares and there are no voting trusts or voting agreements with respect to the Voting Shares. Voting Party does not Beneficially Own (i) any shares of capital stock of the Company other than the Voting Shares set forth on Annex A and (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any security exercisable for or convertible into shares of capital stock of the Company, other than as set forth on Annex A (collectively, “Options”).

 

7. Covenants of the Company.

 

a. The Company shall: (i) take any and all action reasonably necessary to effect the provisions of this Agreement and the intention of the parties with respect to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) not take any action that would reasonably be expected to adversely frustrate, obstruct or otherwise affect the rights of the Voting Parties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of GCM V.

 

b. The Company shall (i) purchase and maintain in effect at all times directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in an amount and pursuant to terms determined by the Board to be reasonable and customary, (ii) for long as any GCM Designee nominated pursuant to this Agreement services as a director on the Board, maintain such coverage with respect to such GCM Designee, and (iii) cause the Charter and by-laws of the Company (each as may be further amended, modified and/or supplemented) to at all times provide for the indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses of all directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law; provided, that upon removal or resignation of any GCM Designee for any reason, the Company shall take all actions reasonable necessary to extend such directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for a period of not less than six (6) years from any such event in respect of any act or omission occurring at or prior to such event.

 

7

 

 

c. The Company shall cause GCM LLLP to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the GCM Designees in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a director/observer and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board. The Company shall enter into customary indemnification agreements with each GCM Designee and officer of the Company from time to time.

 

8. Lock-up.

 

a. Subject to Sections 8(b) and 8(c), each Voting Party agrees that it, he or she shall not Transfer any Lock-up Shares until the end of the Lock-up Period (the “Lock-up”).

 

b. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 8(a), any Voting Party or its Permitted Transferees may Transfer the Lock-up Shares during the Lock-up Period (a) to (i) the Company’s officers or directors, (ii) any affiliates or family members of the Company’s officers or directors or (iii) any direct or indirect partners, members or equity holders of the GCM Equityholders, any affiliates of the GCM Equityholders or any related investment funds or vehicles controlled or managed by such persons or their respective affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person; (c) by gift to a charitable organization; (d) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (e) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (f) in connection with any bona fide mortgage, encumbrance or pledge to a financial institution in connection with any bona fide loan or debt transaction or enforcement thereunder; (g) to the Company; or (h) in connection with a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization, tender offer approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Closing Date; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement with the Company agreeing to be bound by the transfer restrictions in this Section 8; and provided, further, that with respect to the foregoing clauses (a) through (g), no such Transfer shall be permitted under this Section 8(b) if it would result in the managing member of Holdings and GCM V, directly or indirectly, owning, holding or otherwise having Control (as defined in the A&R LLLPA) over a number of shares of Common Stock that is less than the Minimum Controlled Shares.

 

c. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 8(a), in addition to any Transfer permitted pursuant to Section 8(b):

 

i. Each of the GCM Equityholders, together with their respective Permitted Transferees, may Transfer Lock-up Shares during the Lock-up Period in a cumulative aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock representing up to: (x) one-third (1/3) of the number of Lock-up Shares Beneficially Owned by such GCM Equityholder as of immediately following the Closing during the period beginning on the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing Date and ending on the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date and (y) an additional one-third (1/3) of the number of Lock-up Shares Beneficially Owned by such GCM Equityholder as of immediately following the Closing during the period beginning on the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing and ending upon the expiration of the Lock-up Period.

 

8

 

 

ii. For purposes of this Section 8(c), any shares of Common Stock issued to any GCM Equityholder upon exercise of any of such GCM Equityholder’s warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Company shall be deemed to be Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by such GCM Equityholder as of the Closing and such exercise shall not be deemed a Transfer for purposes of this Section 8. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Transfer of Lock-up Shares pursuant to a Direct Exchange or Redemption (each as defined in the A&R LLLPA) followed by the sale of such Lock-up Shares to a third party shall count as a single Transfer for purposes of calculating the cumulative aggregate amount of Common Stock Transferred pursuant to this Section 8(c). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the retirement of shares of Class C Common Stock pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Charter shall not be deemed a Transfer for purposes of this Section 8.

 

d. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Lock-up Period shall expire, and each GCM Equityholder, together with its Permitted Transferees, shall be entitled to Transfer all of the Lock-up Shares, immediately upon the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property.

 

9. No Other Voting Trusts or Other Arrangement.  Each Voting Party shall not, and shall not permit any entity under such Voting Party’s control to (i) deposit any Voting Shares or any interest in any Voting Shares in a voting trust, voting agreement or similar agreement, (ii) grant any proxies, consent or power of attorney or other authorization or consent with respect to any of the Voting Shares or (iii) subject any of the Voting Shares to any arrangement with respect to the voting of the Voting Shares, in each case, that conflicts with or prevents the implementation of this Agreement.

 

10. Additional Shares.  Each Voting Party agrees that all securities of the Company that may vote in the election of the Company’s directors that such Voting Party purchases, acquires the right to vote or otherwise acquires Beneficial Ownership of (including by the exercise or conversion of any security exercisable or convertible for shares of Common Stock) after the execution of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall constitute Voting Shares for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

11. No Agreement as Director or Officer.  Voting Party is signing this Agreement solely in his, her or its capacity as a stockholder of the Company. No Voting Party makes any agreement or understanding in this Agreement in such Voting Party’s capacity as a director or officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (if Voting Party holds such office). Nothing in this Agreement will limit or affect any actions or omissions taken by a Voting Party in his, her or its capacity as a director or officer of the Company, and no actions or omissions taken in such Voting Party’s capacity as a director or officer shall be deemed a breach of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to prohibit, limit or restrict a Voting Party from exercising his or her fiduciary duties as an officer or director to the Company or its stockholders.

 

9

 

 

12. Specific Enforcement. It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any party hereto and, accordingly, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, in addition to any other remedy to which such injured party is entitled at law or in equity, and that any breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach or an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity and agrees that a party’s rights would be materially and adversely affected if the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement were not carried out in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Each party further agrees that no party shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtain any remedy referred to in this Section 12, and each party irrevocably waives any right it may have to require the obtaining, furnishing or posting of any such bond or similar instrument.

 

13. Termination. Following the Closing, (a) Sections 2, 3, and 7 of this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) on the first date on which no Voting Party has the right to designate a director to the Board under this Agreement; provided, that the provisions in Section 7(b) shall survive such termination; (b) Section 5 of this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) on the first date on which the combined voting power of the Voting Parties no longer exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the Company then outstanding, (c) Sections 4(a) and (b) of this Agreement shall terminate automatically on the first date on which the consent rights therein are not exercisable, (d) the remainder of this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) as to each Voting Party when such Voting Party ceases to Beneficially Own any Voting Shares and (e) this Agreement may be terminated in its entirety by GCM V upon written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

14. Amendments and Waivers.  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Company and GCM V. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

15. Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization or the like, any securities issued with respect to Voting Shares held by Voting Parties shall become Voting Shares for purposes of this Agreement (and any securities issued with respect to Lock-up Shares held by Voting Parties shall become Lock-up Shares for purposes of this Agreement). During the term of this Agreement, all dividends and distributions payable in cash with respect to the Voting Shares shall be paid, as applicable, to each of the undersigned Voting Parties and all dividends and distributions payable in Common Stock or other equity or securities convertible into equity with respect to the Voting Shares shall be paid, as applicable, to each of the undersigned Voting Parties, but all dividends and distributions payable in Common Stock or other equity or securities convertible into equity shall become Voting Shares (and all dividends and distributions on Lock-Up Shares payable in Common Stock or other equity or securities convertible into equity shall become Lock-Up Shares) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

10

 

 

16. Assignment

 

a. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, duties, interests or obligations of the Company hereunder shall be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.

 

b. Prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, no Voting Party may assign or delegate such Voting Party’s rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except in connection with a transfer of Voting Shares by such Voting Party to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and this Section 16; provided, that the rights hereunder that are personal to the Voting Parties may not be assigned or delegated in whole or in part, except that (i) the GCM Equityholders shall be permitted to transfer rights hereunder as the GCM Equityholders to one or more Affiliates or any direct or indirect partners, members or equity holders of the GCM Equityholders (each, a “GCM Transferee”), (ii) GCM V shall be permitted to transfer its rights hereunder as GCM V to GCM Holdings (an “GCM V Transferee”) and (iii) the GCM Equityholders shall be permitted to designate any GCM Transferee as a “GCM Equityholder”, GCM Holdings shall be permitted to designate any GCM Transferee as “GCM Holdings” and GCM V shall be permitted to designate any GCM V Transferee as “GCM V”, in each case, for purposes of this Agreement as if such Transferee were an initial signatory hereto.

 

c. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall, subject to Section 16(b), inure to the benefit of, shall be enforceable by and shall be binding upon the respective assigns and successors in interest of the Voting Parties, including with respect to any of such Voting Party’s Voting Shares that are transferred to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

d. No assignment in accordance with this Section 16 by any party hereto (including pursuant to a transfer of any Voting Party’s Voting Shares) of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company or any other party hereto unless and until each of the other parties hereto shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 23 and (ii) the executed written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to each of the other parties hereto, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement) as fully as if it were an initial signatory hereto. Each Voting Party shall not permit the transfer of any such Voting Party’s Voting Shares to a Permitted Transferee unless and until the person to whom such securities are to be transferred has executed a written agreement as provided in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 

e. Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 16 shall be null and void.

 

11

 

 

f. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for purposes of determining the number of shares of capital stock of the Company held by the Voting Parties, the aggregate number of shares so held by the Voting Parties shall include any shares of capital stock of the Company transferred or assigned to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16; provided, that any such Permitted Transferee has executed a written agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 16(d) above, including agreeing to vote or cause to be voted the Voting Shares Beneficially Owned by such Permitted Transferee as required of a Voting Party hereunder.

 

17. Other Rights.  Except as provided by this Agreement, each Voting Party shall retain the full rights of a holder of shares of capital stock of the Company with respect to the Voting Shares, including the right to vote the Voting Shares subject to this Agreement.

 

18. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

19. Governing Law. This Agreement, the rights and duties of the parties hereto, any disputes (whether in contract, tort or statute), and the legal relations between the parties arising hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions.

 

20. Jurisdiction.  Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement shall be brought against any of the parties in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or any Delaware state court located in Wilmington, Delaware, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

 

21. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

23. Notices.  Any notices provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) deposit in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by electronic mail.  Notices provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided, (x) if to the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, (y) if to any other party hereto, to the address or email address, as applicable, of such party set forth on Annex A hereto, or (z) to any other address or email address, as a party designates in writing to the other parties in accordance with this Section 23.

 

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties, and supersedes any prior agreement or understanding among the parties, with regard to the subject matter hereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  GCM Grosvenor Inc.
  a Delaware corporation

 

  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

   
  VOTING PARTIES:
   
  Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C.
  an Illinois limited liability company
   
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member

 

  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager

 

  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
   
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

  

[Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement] 

 

13

 

 

  GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
   
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member

 

  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager

 

  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member

 

  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

  Grosvenor Holding II, L.L.C.
  a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
   
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member

 

  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager

 

  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member

 

  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

  GCM V, LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company

 

  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager

  

[Signature Page to Stockholders’ Agreement] 

 

14

 

 

Exhibit 4(a)

 

List of Matters for Required Approvals

 

1. Sale or any merger, consolidation, purchase of an equity interest, tender offer, exchange offer, other secondary acquisition, business combination or similar transaction to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (in one transaction or a series of related transactions);

 

2. Amendment of the Charter, by-laws, this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement, the certificate of formation or limited liability partnership agreement of GCM LLLP or any other organizational or governing document of the Company or GCM LLLP;

 

3. Any liquidation, dissolution, winding up or causing any voluntary bankruptcy or related actions with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

4. Non-ordinary course sale, exchange, transfer, lease, disposition, surrender or abandonment of any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), including any equity interest in any Subsidiary, having a fair market value of $10,000,000 or more;

 

5. Acquisition of the business or assets (to the extent such acquisition of assets is non-ordinary course) of any other entity (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) having a fair market value of $10,000,000 or more;

 

6. Acquisition of an equity interest in any other entity, by merger, purchase of equity interests or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) having a fair market value of $10,000,000 or more, other than the incorporation, formation, establishment or similar by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a new wholly owned Subsidiary thereof;

 

7. Engagement by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (but not the Board or any committee thereof) of any professional advisers, including, without limitation, investment bankers and financial advisers, for any matters set forth in this section;

 

8. Approval of any non-ordinary course investment (including capital contribution) or expenditure or execution of any agreement reasonably likely to result in costs and expenses (in one transaction or contract or a series of related transactions or contracts) having a fair market value of $10,000,000 or more (other than any investment or expenditure expressly contemplated by the annual operating budget of the Company then in effect);

 

9. Increase or decrease the size of the Board;

 

15

 

 

10. Issuance or sale of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than (i) issuances of shares of capital stock upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective terms or other awards under an equity plan of the Company, or (ii) the issuance of Class A Common Stock upon the redemption of common units of GCM LLLP in accordance with GCM LLLP’s operating agreement and the Company’s Charter;

 

11. (A) making of any dividends or other distributions to the stockholders of the Company or (B) other than (i) redemptions made pursuant to the Company organizational documents or (ii) any redemptions, repurchases, acquisitions or similar transactions of equity securities in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the cessation of employment or service of a person at a price no greater than the then-current fair market value thereof and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the underlying applicable purchase, grant, award or other documentation approved by the Board, any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of (x) shares of capital stock of the Company by the Company or (y) any shares of capital stock or other equity securities in any Subsidiary by the Company (other than acquisitions or equity securities of a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary by the Company);

 

12. (A) incurrence of indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness of any third party other than the incurrence of indebtedness (i) pursuant to ordinary course trade payables or (ii) in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount in a single transaction or $100,000,000 in aggregate consolidated indebtedness for the Company, (B) amendment of the material terms of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (C) refinance of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

13. Entry into of a “related party transaction” under Item 404 of Regulation S-K; or

 

14. Authorization or approval, or entrance into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

 

16

 

 

Exhibit 4(b)

 

List of Matters for Required Approvals

 

1. Amendment of the Charter, by-laws, this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement, the certificate of formation or limited liability partnership agreement of GCM LLLP or any other organizational or governing document of the Company or GCM LLLP that has an adverse effect on the material rights of GCM V or the GCM Equityholders, but excluding any such amendments in connection with the matters referred to in clauses (1), (9) or (10) of Exhibit 4(a);

 

2. Entry into of a “related party transaction” under Item 404 of Regulation S-K; or

 

3. Authorization or approval, or entrance into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

 

 

17

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of November 17, 2020, is made and entered into by and among:

 

(i) GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

 

(ii) CF Finance Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”);

 

(iii) Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “GCM Equityholders”); and

 

(iv) the PIPE Investors (as defined below) (each such party, together with the Sponsor, the GCM Equityholders and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Agreement, a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, CF Finance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and predecessor to the Company (“CFFA”), and the Sponsor are party to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2018 (the “Original RRA”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Transaction Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2020 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among the Company, CFFA, Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“GCM LLLP”), the GCM Equityholders, CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, GCM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, GCMH GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and the Sponsor, pursuant to which the parties thereto have agreed to consummate the Transactions (as defined in the Transaction Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, CFFA merged with and into the Company, with CFFA ceasing to exist as a separate corporation and the Company surviving the merger as the surviving corporation;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the amended and restated its certificate of incorporation of the Company (such amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified form time, the “Company Certificate of Incorporation”), the Company is authorized to issue the following classes of stock: (A) Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), (B) Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (C) Class C Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (D) Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

 

WHEREAS, following the consummation of the Transactions, GCM LLLP has provided the GCM Equityholders with a redemption right pursuant to which the GCM Equityholders may redeem their common units in GCM LLLP (the “Common Units”) for cash or, at the Company’s option, exchange Common Units for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the GCM LLLP Partnership Agreement and the Company Certificate of Incorporation;

 

 

 

  

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the PIPE Investors purchased an aggregate of 19,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act (the “PIPE Shares”); and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the transactions described above, the Company (as successor to CFFA) and the Sponsor desire to amend and restate the Original RRA in its entirety as set forth herein, and the Company and the Holders desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

 

Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, declared effective or used, as the case may be, and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

 

Action” means any claim, action, suit, audit, examination, assessment, arbitration, mediation or inquiry, or any proceeding or investigation, by or before any Governmental Authority.

 

Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

 

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Block Trade” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.

 

Class A Common Stock” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Closing” shall have the meaning given in the Transaction Agreement.

 

Closing Date” shall have the meaning given in the Transaction Agreement.

 

Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2

 

  

Common Units” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Company” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto and includes the Company’s successors by recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction.

 

Company Certificate of Incorporation” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

 

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

FINRA” the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc.

 

Form S-1 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.

 

Form S-3 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.

 

GCM Equityholders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

 

GCM LLLP Partnership Agreement” shall mean the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of GCM LLLP, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified form time to time.

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign government, governmental authority, regulatory or administrative agency (which for the purposes of this Agreement shall include FINRA and the Commission), governmental commission, department, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, court or tribunal.

 

Governmental Order” means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

 

Holder Information” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.2.

 

Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto, for so long as such person or entity holds any Registrable Securities.

 

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation or Governmental Order, in each case, of any Governmental Authority.

 

Lock-up Period” shall have the meaning given in the Stockholders Agreement.

 

Maximum Number of Securities” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.

 

Merger” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

 

Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

3

 

 

Original RRA” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any person or entity to whom a Holder of Registrable Securities is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement.

 

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.2.1.

 

PIPE Investors” shall mean the investors set forth on Schedule 1 who purchased PIPE Shares pursuant to subscription agreements, each dated as of August 2, 2020, by and between CFFA and such PIPE Investor.

 

PIPE Shares” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Registrable Security” shall mean (a) any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock held by a Holder immediately following the Closing (including the PIPE Shares and shares of Class A Common Stock distributable pursuant to the Transaction Agreement), (b) any shares of Class A Common Stock that may be acquired by Holders upon the exercise of a warrant or other right to acquire Class A Common Stock held by a Holder immediately following the Closing, (c) any shares of Class A Common Stock issued by the Company to a Holder in connection with (x) the redemption by a Holder of Common Units owned by any Holder or (y) at the election of the Company, a direct exchange for Common Units owned by any Holder, in each case in accordance with the terms of the GCM LLLP Partnership Agreement and the Company Certificate of Incorporation, (d) any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any such warrant) of the Company acquired by a Holder following the date hereof to the extent that such securities are “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144) or are otherwise held by an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and (e) any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to any securities referenced in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement by the applicable Holder; (B) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for such securities not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (C) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (D) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 or any successor rule promulgated under the Securities Act (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations including as to manner or timing of sale); and (E) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, while Common Units may constitute Registrable Securities, under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to register Common Units, and only shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon redemption or exchange of Common Units will be registered.

 

4

 

 

Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

Registration Expenses” shall mean the expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(A) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed;

 

(B) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

 

(C) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

 

(D) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company;

 

(E) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

 

(F) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders in an Underwritten Offering.

 

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Requesting Holders” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

Shelf” shall mean the Form S-1 Shelf, the Form S-3 Shelf or any Subsequent Shelf Registration, as the case may be.

 

Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

 

Shelf Takedown” shall mean an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

 

Sponsor” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

 

Stockholders Agreement” shall mean the Stockholders Agreement of the Company, dated as of November 17, 2020, by and among the Company and the GCM Equityholders, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Subsequent Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.2.

 

Transaction Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

5

 

  

Transactions” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

 

Transfer” shall mean the (a) sale of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

 

Underwriter” shall mean a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

 

Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.

 

Underwritten Shelf Takedown” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

 

Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.6.

 

Article II
REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

 

2.1 Shelf Registration.

 

2.1.1 Filing. The Company shall file within 30 days of the Closing Date, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective as soon as practicable thereafter, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf”) or, if the Company is eligible to use a Registration Statement on Form S-3, a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), in each case, covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities (determined as of two business days prior to such filing) on a delayed or continuous basis. Such Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. The Company shall maintain a Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep a Shelf continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event the Company files a Form S-1 Shelf, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form S-3.

 

6

 

 

2.1.2 Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall, subject to Section 3.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two business days prior to such filing), and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) at the most recent applicable eligibility determination date) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form.

 

2.1.3 Additional Registerable Securities. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, the Company, upon request of a GCM Equityholder or the Sponsor, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at the Company’s option, the Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall only be required to cause such Registrable Securities to be so covered twice per calendar year for the GCM Equityholders, on the one hand, and the Sponsor, on the other hand.

 

2.1.4 Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, any GCM Equityholder or the Sponsor (any of the GCM Equityholders or the Sponsor being, in such case, a “Demanding Holder”) may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering or other coordinated offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that the Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demanding Holder with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $50 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Subject to Section 2.4.4, the Company shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the initial Demanding Holder’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The GCM Equityholders, on the one hand, and the Sponsor, on the other hand, may each demand not more than two (2) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns pursuant to this Section 2.1.4 in any 12-month period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may effect any Underwritten Offering pursuant to any then effective Registration Statement, including a Form S-3, that is then available for such offering.

 

2.1.5 Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advises the Company, the Demanding Holders and the Holders requesting piggy back rights pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Requesting Holders”) (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell and all other shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering, before including any shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities proposed to be sold by Company or by other holders of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder and Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and Requesting Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

 

7

 

  

2.1.6 Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Shelf Takedown; provided that any GCM Equityholder or the Sponsor may elect to have the Company continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied by the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the GCM Equityholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Permitted Transferees, as applicable. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of Section 2.1.4, unless either (i) the Demanding Holder has not previously withdrawn any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (ii) the Holder reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that, if a GCM Equityholder or the Sponsor elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall instead count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by the GCM Equityholders or the Sponsor, as applicable, for purposes of Section 2.1.4. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, the Company shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.1.6, other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Registration Expenses pursuant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this Section 2.1.6.

 

8

 

 

2.2 Piggyback Registration.

 

2.2.1 Piggyback Rights. Subject to Section 2.4.3, if the Company or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the stockholders of the Company including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 2.2.2, the Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and, if applicable, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of such Piggyback Registration to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2.1 to be included therein on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering.

 

2.2.2 Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (i) the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, and (iii) the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

 

(a) If the Registration or registered offering is undertaken for the Company’s account, the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2.1, pro rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities;

 

9

 

 

(b) If the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a request by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2.1, pro rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities for the account of other persons or entities that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons or entities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and

 

(c) If the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a request by Holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering securities pursuant to Section 2.1.5.

 

2.2.3 Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities (other than a Demanding Holder, whose right to withdrawal from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and related obligations, shall be governed by Section 2.1.6) shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. The Company (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 2.1.6), the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.2.3.

 

2.2.4 Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to Section 2.1.6, any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2.1.4 hereof.

 

2.3 Market Stand-off. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company (other than a Block Trade), each Holder participating in the Underwritten Offering agrees that it shall not Transfer any shares of Class A Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except in the event the Underwriters managing the offering otherwise agree by written consent. Each Holder agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders).

 

10

 

 

2.4 Block Trades.

 

2.4.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, if a Demanding Holder wishes to engage in an underwritten or other coordinated registered offering not involving a “roadshow,” an offer commonly known as a “block trade” (a “Block Trade”), with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, either (x) $50 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities held by the Demanding Holder, then notwithstanding the time periods provided for in Section 2.1.4, such Demanding Holder only need to notify the Company of the Block Trade at least five (5) business days prior to the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade; provided that the Demanding Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the Block Trade shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and any Underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade.

 

2.4.2 Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a Block Trade, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Block Trade shall have the right to submit a Withdrawal Notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Block Trade. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a block trade prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.4.2.

 

2.4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 2.2 hereof shall not apply to a Block Trade initiated by a Demanding Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2.4.4 The Demanding Holder in a Block Trade shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such Block Trade (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks).

 

Article III
COMPANY PROCEDURES

 

3.1 General Procedures. In connection with any Shelf and/or Shelf Takedown, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

3.1.1 prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities;

 

3.1.2 prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder that holds at least two point five (2.5%) percent of the Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

 

3.1.3 prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

 

11

 

  

3.1.4 prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

 

3.1.5 cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

3.1.6 provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

3.1.7 advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

 

3.1.8 at least five (5) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus (or such shorter period of time as may be necessary in order to comply with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, as applicable), furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);

 

3.1.9 notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.4 hereof;

 

3.1.10 permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such representatives or Underwriters agree to confidentiality arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;

 

12

 

  

3.1.11 obtain a “comfort” letter from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering or other coordinated offering that is registered pursuant to a Registration Statement, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter or other similar type of sales agent or placement agent may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

 

3.1.12 on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

 

3.1.13 in the event of any Underwritten Offering or other coordinated offering that is registered pursuant to a Registration Statement, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, sales agreement or placement agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter, sales agent or placement agent of such offering;

 

3.1.14 make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule then in effect);

 

3.1.15 with respect to an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4, use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

 

3.1.16 otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to provide any documents or information to an Underwriter or other sales agent or placement agent if such Underwriter or other sales agent or placement agent has not then been named with respect to the applicable Underwritten Offering or other coordinated offering that is registered pursuant to a Registration Statement.

 

3.2 Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ or agents’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

 

13

 

 

3.3 Requirements for Participation in Registration Statement Underwritten Offerings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Holder does not provide the Company with its requested Holder Information, the Company may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if the Company determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No person may participate in any Underwritten Offering or other coordinated offering for equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s securities on the basis provided in any arrangements approved by the Company and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting or other agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such arrangements. The exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 3.3 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

 

3.4 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure; Restrictions on Registration Rights.

 

3.4.1 Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

 

3.4.2 If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would (a) require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, (b) require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control, or (c) in the good faith judgment of the majority of the Board such Registration, be seriously detrimental to the Company and the majority of the Board concludes as a result that it is essential to defer such filing, initial effectiveness or continued use at such time, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time determined in good faith by the Company to be necessary for such purpose. In the event the Company exercises its rights under this Section 3.4.2, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities.

 

3.4.3 (a) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated Registration and provided that the Company continues to actively employ, in good faith, all reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, or (b) if, pursuant to Section 2.1.4, Holders have requested an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Company and such Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of underwriters to firmly underwrite such offering, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay any other registered offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4 or 2.4.

 

14

 

 

3.5 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished or delivered to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.5. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of Class A Common Stock held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect). Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

Article IV
INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

 

4.1 Indemnification.

 

4.1.1 The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors and agents and each person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein.

 

4.1.2 In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including without limitation reasonable outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Company.

 

15

 

 

4.1.3 Any person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

4.1.4 The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in an offering also agrees to make such provisions as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party for contribution to such party in the event the Company’s or such Holder’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

 

4.1.5 If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 hereof from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 4.1.5. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

16

 

 

Article V
MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 Notices. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) deposit in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be addressed, if to the Company, to: 900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1100, Chicago, IL 60611, Attention: Legal Department, Email: legal@gcmlp.com, and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address or facsimile number as set forth in the Company’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 5.1.

 

5.2 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

5.2.1 This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.

 

5.2.2 This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.

 

5.2.3 This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and Section 5.2 hereof.

 

5.2.4 No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 5.1 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 5.2 shall be null and void.

 

5.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

 

5.4 Governing Law. This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of Laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws of another jurisdiction.

 

17

 

 

5.5 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

5.5.1 Any proceeding or Action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the Transactions must be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, to the extent such Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware), or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such proceeding or Action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the proceeding or Action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any proceeding or Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Transactions in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by Law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any Action, suit or proceeding brought pursuant to this Section 5.5.

 

5.5.2 Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement and the Transactions is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues, and therefore each such party hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and voluntarily waives any right such party may have to a trial by jury in respect of any Action, suit or proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Transactions.

 

5.6 Amendments and Modifications. Upon the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the Holders of a majority of the total Registrable Securities, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that in the event any such waiver, amendment or modification would be adverse in any material respect to the material rights or obligations hereunder of a Holder of at least two point five (2.5%) percent of the Registrable Securities, the written consent of such Holder will also be required; provided further that in the event any such waiver, amendment or modification would be disproportionate and adverse in any material respect to the material rights or obligations hereunder of a Holder, the written consent of such Holder will also be required. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

 

5.7 Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that no person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company for sale or to include such securities of the Company in any Registration Statement filed by the Company for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person.

 

5.8 Term. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.5 and Article IV shall survive any termination.

 

5.9 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing, to represent to the Company the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for the Company to make determinations hereunder.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

18

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY
     
  GCM Grosvenor Inc.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  HOLDERS:
     
  CF Finance Holdings LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: /s/ Paul Pion
    Name: Paul Pion
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C.
  an Illinois limited liability company
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

  

  GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
    /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Michael J. Sacks
     
  Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C.
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  

Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

GCM GROSVENOR INC.

 

CF FINANCE INTERMEDIATE ACQUISITION, LLC

 

GROSVENOR CAPITAL MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLLP

 

the several MEMBERS (as defined herein)

 

TRA PARTY REPRESENTATIVE (as defined herein) and

 

ANY OTHER MEMBERS OF GROSVENOR CAPITAL MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLLP
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

 

Dated as of November 17, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
Article I. Definitions 2
     
Section 1.1 Definitions 2
Section 1.2 Rules of Construction 10
     
Article II. Determination of Realized Tax Benefit 11
     
Section 2.1 Basis Adjustments; the Partnership 754 Election 11
Section 2.2 Basis Schedules 12
Section 2.3 Tax Benefit Schedules 12
Section 2.4 Procedures; Amendments 13
     
Article III. Tax Benefit Payments 14
     
Section 3.1 Timing and Amount of Tax Benefit Payments 14
Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments 17
Section 3.3 Pro-Ration of Payments as Between the Members 17
Section 3.4 Optional Estimated Tax Benefit Payment Procedure 18
     
Article IV. Termination 19
     
Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement 19
Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice 21
Section 4.3 Payment Upon Early Termination 22
     
Article V. Subordination and Late Payments 22
     
Section 5.1 Subordination 22
Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporation 22
     
Article VI. Tax Matters; Consistency; Cooperation 23
     
Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporation’s and the Partnership’s Tax Matters 23
Section 6.2 Consistency 23
Section 6.3 Cooperation 23
     
Article VII. Miscellaneous 24
     
Section 7.1 Notices 24
Section 7.2 Counterparts 25
Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries 25
Section 7.4 Governing Law 25
Section 7.5 Severability 25

 

i

 

 

Section 7.6 Assignments; Amendments; Successors; No Waiver 26
Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles 27
Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes 27
Section 7.9 Reconciliation 28
Section 7.10 Withholding 28
Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; DREs of the Corporation; Transfers of Corporate Assets 29
Section 7.12 Change in Law 30
Section 7.13 Interest Rate Limitation 30
Section 7.14 Independent Nature of Rights and Obligations 30
Section 7.15 Partnership Agreement 30
Section 7.16 TRA Party Representative 31
Section 7.17 Non-Effect of Other Tax Receivable Agreements 31

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A - Form of Joinder Agreement

 

ii

 

 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of November 17, 2020, is hereby entered into by and among GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “Partnership”), CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DRE”), each of the Members from time to time party hereto, and the TRA Party Representative. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings set forth in Section 1.1.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

WHEREAS, each of the members of the Partnership other than the Corporation (such members who are parties hereto, and each other Person who becomes party hereto by satisfying the Joinder Requirement, the “Members”) owns limited liability limited partnership interests and/or other equity interests in the Partnership (the “Units”);

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Corporation has 39,914,862 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) issued and outstanding;

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation used a portion of its assets to acquire newly-issued equity interests in the Partnership directly from the Partnership;

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation used a portion of its assets to purchase an option to acquire equity interests in the Partnership from Holdings, and the Corporation acquired equity interests in the Partnership previously held by certain former members of the Partnership, and the Corporation also used a portion of its assets to purchase equity interests in the Partnership held directly or indirectly by Holdings (including equity interests in the Partnership acquired from GCMH GP, L.L.C., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings that is treated as an entity disregarded as separate from Holdings for U.S. federal income tax purposes) (such transactions, the “Purchase”);

 

WHEREAS, on and after the date hereof, pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Partnership Agreement, each Member has the right from time to time to require the Partnership to redeem (a “Redemption”) all or a portion of such Member’s Units for cash or, at the Corporation’s election, Class A Common Stock, in either case contributed to the Partnership by the Corporation; provided that, at the election of the Corporation, the Corporation may effect a direct exchange (a “Direct Exchange”) of such cash or shares of Class A Common Stock for such Units;

 

WHEREAS, to the extent provided in Section 2.1(b) the Partnership and any direct subsidiary or indirect subsidiary (owned through a chain of pass-through entities) of the Partnership that is controlled by the Partnership and treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (together with the Partnership and any direct or indirect subsidiary (owned through a chain of pass-through entities) of the Partnership that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the “the Partnership Group”) will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (as defined herein); and

 

1

 

 

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to any tax benefits to be derived by the Corporation as the result of Exchanges, certain tax attributes of the Partnership Group, and the receipt of payments under this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I.
Definitions

 

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both (i) the singular and plural and (ii) the active and passive forms of the terms defined).

 

Actual Interest Amount” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(vii) of this Agreement.

 

Advisory Firm” means any accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being an expert in Covered Tax matters and is not an Affiliate of the Corporation, provided that such Advisory Firm that is used by the Corporation shall be selected by the Corporation and be reasonably acceptable to the TRA Party Representative.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

Agreed Rate” means the Benchmark plus 200 basis points.

 

Agreement” is defined in the preamble.

 

Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement.

 

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means, for any applicable Taxable Year(i.e., a Taxable Year for which a Tax Benefit Payment is being calculated), the tax rate equal to the sum of the products of (x) the Corporation’s income tax apportionment percentage(s) for the Reference Year for each U.S. state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporation filed income or franchise tax returns for the Reference Year and (y) the highest corporate income and franchise tax rate(s) for each such state and local jurisdiction referred to in clause (x) for the applicable Taxable Year (determined by reference to the rates in effect on January 1 of the calendar year that includes the final day of the applicable Taxable Year, and for purposes of the Valuation Assumptions, taking into account future changes in rates as prescribed by the law in effect on January 1 of the Taxable Year in which the Early Termination Payment is being calculated). For any applicable Taxable Year for which there is no Reference Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate shall be 4.47%.

 

2

 

 

Attributable” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Basis Adjustment” means the increase or decrease to the tax basis of, or the Corporation’s share of, the tax basis of the Reference Assets (i) under Section 734(b), 743(b) and 754 of the Code and, in each case, the comparable sections of U.S. state and local tax law (in situations where, following an Exchange, the Partnership remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes) and (ii) under Sections 732 and 1012 of the Code and, in each case, the comparable sections of U.S. state and local tax law (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, the Partnership becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes), in each case, as a result of any Exchange and any payments made under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

 

Basis Schedule” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

Benchmark” means SOFR. If SOFR ceases to be published in accordance with the definition thereof or otherwise is not available, the Corporation and the Partnership shall work together in good faith to select an alternate Benchmark with similar characteristic that gives due consideration to the prevailing market conventions for determining rates of interest in the United States at such time.

 

Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in New York are closed.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provisions thereto (the “Exchange Act”), but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and excluding the Permitted Holders) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, preferred stock and/or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation (if any) representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote;

 

(2) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets (including a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership); or

 

3

 

 

(3) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent, or are not converted into, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, preferred stock and/or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Class C Common Stock” means the shares of the Corporation’s Class C Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or other agreement.

 

Corporation” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Corporation Letter” means a letter prepared by the Corporation in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, which states that the relevant Schedules, notices or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Members, along with all supporting schedules and work papers, were prepared in a manner that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and law in existence on the date such Schedules, notices or other information were delivered by the Corporation to the Members.

 

Covered Person” is defined in Section 7.16 of this Agreement.

 

Covered Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Covered Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits and any interest related thereto.

 

4

 

 

Credit Event” means: (a) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Corporation, the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries or their debts, or of a substantial part of their assets, under any federal, state or non-U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Corporation, the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of their assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; (b) the Corporation, the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or non-U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (a) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Corporation, the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or (c) the Corporation, the Partnership or any of their Subsidiaries engages in any other action or fails to take any action that constitutes an ‘event of default’ under any indebtedness or guarantee having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $30 million if such event of default is not waived by the applicable creditor or cured by the Company within 30 days of its occurrence.

 

Credit Event Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

 

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Default Rate” means the sum of (i) the Benchmark plus (ii) 400 basis points

 

Default Rate Interest” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(viii) of this Agreement.

 

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of U.S. state tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for tax.

 

Direct Exchange” is defined in the recitals to this agreement.

 

Dispute” is defined in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Agreed Rate” means the Benchmark plus 200 basis points.

 

Early Termination Effective Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

 

Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

 

5

 

 

Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 5.50 % per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) the Early Termination Agreed Rate.

 

Early Termination Reference Date” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

Estimated Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.4 of this Agreement.

 

Exchange” means any Direct Exchange or Redemption, and the Purchase.

 

Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

 

Expert” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

 

Extension Rate Interest” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(viii) of this Agreement.

 

Final Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Final Payment Date in respect of a Tax Benefit Payment is determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

Holdings” means Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company.

 

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the hypothetical liability of the Corporation that would arise in respect of Covered Taxes, using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the actual relevant Tax Returns of the Corporation but (i) calculating depreciation, amortization, or other similar deductions, or otherwise calculating any items of income, gain, or loss, (A) using the Corporation’s share of the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule, including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year and (B) without taking into account the Other Tax Assets, and (ii) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year; provided, that for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the combined tax rate for U.S. state and local Covered Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, federal Covered Taxes) shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any tax item attributable to Imputed Interest, a Basis Adjustment or Other Tax Assets (or portions thereof); and (ii) the calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall take into account the federal benefit received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes).

 

Imputed Interest” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(vi) of this Agreement.

 

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Joinder” means a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

6

 

 

Joinder Requirement” is defined in Section 7.6(b) of this Agreement.

 

Partnership Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Market Value” means the Common Unit Redemption Price, as defined in the Partnership Agreement, determined as of an Early Termination Date.

 

Members” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Net Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Non-Adjusted Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

 

Objection Notice” is defined in Section 2.4(a)(i) of this Agreement.

 

Other Tax Assets” means all existing tax basis (as of the date of this Agreement) in the Reference Assets (and all depreciation or amortization deductions arising from such tax basis) attributable to any Section 197 Intangible (as such term is used in the Code).

 

Over-Allotment Option” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Parties” means the parties named on the signature pages to this agreement and each additional party that satisfies the Joinder Requirement, in each case with their respective successors and assigns.

 

Partnership” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

Permitted Holder” is defined in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer of one or more Units (including upon the death of a Member) (i) that occurs after the date of this Agreement but prior to an Exchange of such Units and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

 

Realized Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(iv) of this Agreement.

 

Realized Tax Detriment” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(v) of this Agreement.

 

Reconciliation Dispute” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

 

Reconciliation Procedures” is defined in Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement.

 

Redemption” has the meaning in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

7

 

 

Reference Asset” means any tangible or intangible asset of the Partnership or any of its successors or assigns, and whether held directly by the Partnership or indirectly by the Partnership through any entity in which the Partnership now holds or may subsequently hold an ownership interest (but only if such entity is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity or other flow-thru entity for purposes of the applicable tax), at the time of an Exchange. A Reference Asset also includes any asset the tax basis of which is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the tax basis of an asset that is described in the preceding sentence, including “substituted basis property” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code.

 

Reference Year” means, with respect to an applicable Taxable Year, the most recent prior Taxable Year of the Corporation (i) for which the Corporation has filed its final U.S. state and local income tax returns in respect of such prior Taxable Year, and (ii) for which the final filing of such U.S. state and local income tax returns for such prior Taxable Year was made prior to January 1 of the calendar year that includes the final day of the applicable Taxable Year.

 

Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule, and, in each case, any amendments thereto.

 

Senior Obligations” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

SOFR” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such month, on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or other commercially available source providing quotations of SOFR) for the Secured Overnight Financing Rate as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for such month (or portion thereof). In no event will SOFR be less than 0%.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person and as of the date of any determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests, or the sole general partner interest, or managing member or similar interest, of such Person.

 

Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

 

Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated tax.

 

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of U.S. state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the closing date of this Agreement.

 

Taxing Authority” means any national, federal, state, county, municipal, or local government, or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body, or any other authority of any kind, exercising regulatory or other authority in relation to tax matters.

 

8

 

 

Termination Objection Notice” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

TRA Party Representative” is defined in Section 7.16 of this Agreement.

 

Transaction Agreement” means the Transaction Agreement, dated August 2, 2020, by and among the Corporation, DRE, the Members and the other parties thereto.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary, and (to the extent they can be relied upon) proposed regulations under the Code, as promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

 

True-Up” is defined in Section 3.4 of this Agreement.

 

U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

Units” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Effective Date, the assumptions that:

 

(1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully use the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments and the Other Tax Assets and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available;

 

(2) the U.S. federal income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Effective Date and the combined U.S. state and local income tax rates (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, federal income tax rates) for each such Taxable Year shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Effective Date;

 

(3) all taxable income of the Corporation will be subject to the maximum applicable tax rates for each Covered Tax throughout the relevant period; provided, that the combined tax rate for U.S. state and local income taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, federal income tax) shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable calculations shall take into account the federal benefit received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s applicable marginal U.S. federal income tax rate, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes);

 

9

 

 

(4) any loss or disallowed interest or other carryovers generated by any Basis Adjustment or the Other Tax Assets or Imputed Interest (including such Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest generated as a result of payments under this Agreement) and available as of the Early Termination Effective Date will be used by the Corporation in the earliest year for which such carryover may be used under applicable Law (assuming for this purpose that there will be sufficient income in any such year so as to permit the full utilization of such carryover);

 

(5) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifth anniversary of the Early Termination Effective Date and no other assets are disposed of;

 

(6) if, on the Early Termination Effective Date, any Member has Units that have not been Exchanged, then such Units shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value that would be received by such Member if such Units had been Exchanged on the Early Termination Effective Date, and such Member shall be deemed to receive the amount of cash such Member would have been entitled to pursuant to Section 4.3(a) had such Units actually been Exchanged on the Early Termination Effective Date;

 

(7) any payment obligations pursuant to this Agreement will be satisfied on the date that any Tax Return to which such payment obligation relates is required to be filed excluding any extensions.

 

Section 1.2 Rules of Construction. Unless otherwise specified herein:

 

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b) For purposes of interpretation of this Agreement:

 

(i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

(ii) References in this Agreement to a Schedule, Article, Section, clause or sub-clause refer to the appropriate Schedule to, or Article, Section, clause or subclause in, this Agreement.

 

(iii) References in this Agreement to dollars or “$” refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

(iv) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(v) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

10

 

 

(d) Section headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(e) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organization documents (including the Partnership Agreement), agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted hereby; and (b) references to any law (including the Code and the Treasury Regulations) shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

 

Article II.
Determination of Realized Tax Benefit

 

Section 2.1 Basis Adjustments; the Partnership 754 Election.

 

(a) Basis Adjustments. The Parties acknowledge and agree that (A) the Purchase shall and (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) each Direct Exchange shall give rise to Basis Adjustments and (B) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Redemption using cash or Class A Common Stock contributed to the Partnership by the Corporation shall be treated as a direct purchase of Units by the Corporation from the applicable Member pursuant to Section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code that shall give rise to Basis Adjustments. In connection with the Purchase, and in connection with any Direct Exchange or any Redemption treated as a taxable direct purchase of Units by the Corporation, the Parties acknowledge and agree that pursuant to applicable law the Corporation’s share of the basis in the Reference Assets shall be increased by the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of (x) the fair market value of Class A Common Stock or the cash transferred to a Member pursuant to an Exchange as payment for the Units (and any other amounts includible in the basis of the Corporation with respect to Units acquired in connection with the Purchase), (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange other than amounts treated as Imputed Interest) and (z) the amount of liabilities allocated to the Units acquired pursuant to the Exchange, over (B) the Corporation’s share of the basis of the Reference Assets immediately after the Exchange attributable to the Units acquired, determined in accordance with the regulations under Section 743 of the Code as if each member of the Partnership Group remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes and no member of the Partnership Group made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code. The Parties agree (i) to file (and cause their Affiliates to file) their respective tax returns consistent with the foregoing except as otherwise required by applicable law, (ii) to claim positive Basis Adjustments to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and (iii) to the maximum extent permitted by Law, to utilize the Basis Adjustments, Other Tax Assets, and Imputed Interest to reduce the amount of Taxes that the Corporation would otherwise be required to pay.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent that such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

 

11

 

 

(b) Section 754 Election. Throughout the term of this Agreement, the TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to determine which members of the Partnership Group will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code, and the Corporation shall cause to be taken any actions required to make any such elections.

 

Section 2.2 Basis Schedules. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative a schedule (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail as necessary in order to understand the calculations performed under this Agreement: (a) the Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the relevant Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, (b) the period (or periods) over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable, (c) the Other Tax Assets that remain and may give rise to payments pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (d) the period (or periods) over which such Other Tax Assets may be utilized. The Basis Schedule will become final and binding on the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended by the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b).

 

Section 2.3 Tax Benefit Schedules.

 

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to the TRA Party Representative a schedule (developed in consultation with the Advisory Firm) showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final and binding on the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(a), and may be amended by the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b).

 

(b) Applicable Principles. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments, Other Tax Assets, Imputed Interest as determined using a “with and without” methodology described in Section 2.4(a). Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to any Basis Adjustment, Other Tax Asset, or Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state or local tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to a Basis Adjustment, Other Tax Asset, or Imputed Interest (a “TRA Portion”) and another portion that is not (a “Non-TRA Portion”), such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology so that the amount of any Non-TRA Portion is deemed utilized first, followed by the amount of any TRA Portion (with the TRA Portion being applied on a proportionate basis consistent with the provisions of Section 3.3(a)); but provided that, in the case of a carryback of a Non-TRA Portion, such carryback shall not affect the original “with and without” calculation made in the prior Taxable Year. The Parties agree that (i) all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest) attributable to an Exchange will to the extent permitted by applicable law (A) be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to further Basis Adjustments for the Corporation in respect of an applicable Exchange and (B) have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments for the Corporation in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current Taxable Year continuing until any incremental current Taxable Year benefits equal an immaterial amount.

 

12

 

 

Section 2.4 Procedures; Amendments.

 

(a) Procedures. Each time the Corporation delivers an applicable Schedule to the TRA Party Representative under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule delivered pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 4.2, the Corporation shall also: (x) deliver supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporation or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative that provide a reasonable level of detail regarding the data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule; (y) deliver a Corporation Letter supporting such Schedule; and (z) allow the TRA Party Representative and its advisors to have reasonable access to the appropriate representatives, as determined by the Corporation or as reasonably requested by TRA Party Representative at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to the TRA Party Representative, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes (the “with” calculation) and the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporation (the “without” calculation), and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on the Parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which the TRA Party Representative first received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless:

 

(i) the TRA Party Representative within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with written notice of a material objection to such Schedule that is made in good faith and that sets forth in reasonable detail the TRA Party Representative’s material objection (an “Objection Notice”) or

 

(ii) the TRA Party Representative provides a written waiver of its right to deliver an Objection Notice within the time period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver from the TRA Party Representative is received by the Corporation.

 

In the event that the TRA Party Representative timely delivers an Objection Notice pursuant to clause (i) above, and if the Parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative, shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

 

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation: (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule; (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was originally provided to the TRA Party Representative, as applicable; (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures applicable to this Agreement; (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year; (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year; or (vi) to adjust a Basis Schedule to take into account any Tax Benefit Payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”).

 

13

 

 

Article III.
Tax Benefit Payments

 

Section 3.1 Timing and Amount of Tax Benefit Payments.

 

(a) Timing of Payments. Except as provided in Sections 3.4 and subject to Sections 3.2 and 3.3, within three (3) Business Days following the date on which each Tax Benefit Schedule that is required to be delivered by the Corporation to the TRA Party Representative pursuant to Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement becomes final in accordance with Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement, the Corporation shall pay to each relevant Member the Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such Members or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and such Members. For the avoidance of doubt, the Members shall not be required under any circumstances to return any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporation to the Members (including any portion of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment or any Early Termination Payment).

 

(b) Amount of Payments. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Tax Benefit Payment” with respect to any Member means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of: (i) the portion of the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such Member (including Imputed Interest calculated in respect of such amount); and (ii) the Actual Interest Amount with respect to the Net Tax Benefit described in (i).

 

(i) Attributable. A Net Tax Benefit is “Attributable” to (i) subject to clause (ii) that follows, a Member to the extent that it is derived from any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest that is attributable to an Exchange undertaken by or with respect to such Member; or (ii) to Holdings to the extent that it is derived from (A) any Basis Adjustment (including Basis Adjustments attributable to all amounts expended by the Corporation in connection with the Purchase) or Imputed Interest, which is attributable to the Purchase, or (B) any Other Tax Asset (or any Imputed Interest with respect to such Other Tax Asset).

 

(ii) Net Tax Benefit. The “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year equals the amount of the excess, if any, of (x) 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over (y) the aggregate amount of all Tax Benefit Payments previously made under this Section 3.1. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of any Taxable Year is less than the aggregate amount of all Tax Benefit Payments previously made, no Member shall be required to return any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously made by the Corporation to such Member.

 

14

 

 

(iii) Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit. The “Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year equals the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

 

(iv) Realized Tax Benefit. The “Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year equals the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes; provided, that for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability and actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes, the Corporation shall use the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for purposes of determining such liabilities for all state and local Covered Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes shall take into account the federal benefit received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes). If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Covered Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

(v) Realized Tax Detriment. The “Realized Tax Detriment” for a Taxable Year equals the excess, if any, of the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year; provided, that for purposes of determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability and actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes, the Corporation shall use the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for purposes of determining such liabilities for all state and local Covered Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes shall take into account the federal benefit received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes). If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Covered Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

(vi) Imputed Interest. The parties acknowledge that the principles of Sections 1272, 1274, or 483 of the Code, as applicable, and the principles of any similar provision of U.S. state and local law, will, as applicable, apply to cause a portion of payments by the Corporation to a Member under this Agreement (including, as applicable, a portion of amounts characterized as Extension Rate Interest and Default Rate Interest) to be treated as imputed interest (“Imputed Interest”). For the avoidance of doubt, the deduction for the amount of Imputed Interest as determined with respect to any payments hereunder made by the Corporation to a Member shall be excluded in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporation for purposes of calculating Realized Tax Benefits and Realized Tax Detriments pursuant to this Agreement.

 

15

 

 

(vii) Actual Interest Amount. The “Actual Interest Amount” calculated in respect of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year will equal, subject to Section 3.4, interest calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without taking into account extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for such Taxable Year until the date on which the Corporation makes a timely Tax Benefit Payment to the Member on or before the Final Payment Date as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a).

 

(viii) Default Rate Interest. In the event that the Corporation does not make timely payment of all or any portion of a Tax Benefit Payment to a Member on or before the Final Payment Date as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a), the amount of “Default Rate Interest” calculated in respect of the Tax Benefit Payment (including previously accrued Imputed Interest and Extension Rate Interest) for a Taxable Year will equal interest calculated at the Default Rate from the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) until the date on which the Corporation makes such Tax Benefit Payment to such Member.

 

(ix) The Corporation and the Members hereby acknowledge and agree that, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of any future Exchange that may be subject to this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot be reasonably ascertained for U.S. federal income or other applicable tax purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless a Member notifies the Corporation otherwise or specifies a different applicable percentage at the time of the Exchange, the stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 15A.453-1(c)(2)) with respect to any Exchange by such Member (including for purposes of this Agreement (i) any Exchange undertaken by a Member after the date of this Agreement; and (ii) the sale of equity interests in the Partnership by Holdings in connection with the Purchase, but not including the sale of the option (the “Option”) to acquire equity interests of the Partnership in connection with the Purchase) shall be an amount equal to 150% of the amount of the initial consideration received in connection with such Exchange (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any Class A Common Stock received in such Exchange and shall exclude the fair market value of any Tax Benefit Payments) and the amount of the initial consideration received in connection with such Exchange and the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to such Member in respect of such Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed such stated maximum selling price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the sale of the Option, the stated maximum selling price shall be an amount equal to 180% of the sum of the Option Consideration and the Option Exercise Price (in each case, as such terms are used in the Transaction Agreement, and provided that the parties agree to treat all Tax Benefit Payments that are attributable to Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest with respect to the acquisition of Partnership equity pursuant to the Option, and all Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Other Tax Assets (or any Imputed interest with respect to the Other Tax Assets), as allocable to the sale of the Option).

 

16

 

 

(c) Interest. The provisions of Section 3.1(b) are intended to operate so that interest will effectively accrue in respect of the Net Tax Benefit for any Taxable Year as follows:

 

(i) first, at the applicable rate used to determine the amount of Imputed Interest under the Code (from the relevant Exchange Date until the due date (without taking into account extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for such Taxable Year and, if required under applicable law, through the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a));

 

(ii) second, at the Agreed Rate in respect of any Extension Rate Interest (from the due date (without taking into account extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for such Taxable Year until the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a)); and

 

(iii) third, at the Default Rate in respect of any Default Rate Interest (from the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) until the date on which the Corporation makes the relevant Tax Benefit Payment to a Member).

 

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in the duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) that may be required under this Agreement, and the provisions of this Agreement shall be consistently interpreted and applied in accordance with that intent. For purposes of this Agreement, and also for the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be required to be calculated or made in respect of any estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, any estimated U.S. federal income tax payments.

 

Section 3.3 Pro-Ration of Payments as Between the Members.

 

(a) Insufficient Taxable Income. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1(b) to the contrary, if the aggregate potential depreciation, amortization or other deductions in respect of the Basis Adjustments, Other Tax Assets and Imputed Interest for purposes of determining the Corporation’s liability for Covered Taxes (the “Covered Tax Benefit”) is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporation does not have sufficient actual taxable income, then the available Covered Tax Benefit for the Corporation shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the respective Tax Benefit Payment that would have been payable if the Corporation had in fact had sufficient taxable income so that there had been no such limitation. As an illustration of the intended operation of this Section 3.3(a), if the Corporation had $200 of aggregate potential Covered Tax Benefits in a particular Taxable Year (with $50 of such Covered Tax Benefits being attributable to Member 1 and $150 of such Covered Tax Benefits being attributable to Member 2), such that Member 1 would have potentially been entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment of $10.62 and Member 2 would have been entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment of $31.87 if the Corporation had $200 of actual taxable income (assuming for purposes of illustration a 25% composite tax rate), and if the Corporation in fact only had $100 of actual taxable income in such Taxable Year, then $25 of the aggregate $100 actual Covered Tax Benefit for the Corporation for such Taxable Year would be allocated to Member 1 and $75 of the aggregate $100 actual Covered Tax benefit for the Corporation would be allocated to Member 2, such that Member 1 would receive a Tax Benefit Payment of $5.31 and Member 2 would receive a Tax Benefit Payment of $15.94. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.1(b), in no event will the aggregate of the portions of the Net Tax Benefit that are “Attributable” to the Members exceed 100% of the Net Tax Benefit. .

 

17

 

 

(b) Late Payments. If for any reason the Corporation is not able to timely and fully satisfy its payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then Default Rate Interest will begin to accrue pursuant to Section 5.2 and the Corporation and other Parties agree that (i) the Corporation shall pay the Tax Benefit Payments due in respect of such Taxable Year to each Member pro rata in proportion to the amount of such Tax Benefit Payments, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all Members in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

Section 3.4 Optional Estimated Tax Benefit Payment Procedure. As long as the Corporation is current in respect of its payment obligations owed to each Member pursuant to this Agreement and there are no delinquent Tax Benefit Payments (including interest thereon) outstanding in respect of prior Taxable Years for any Member, the Corporation may, at any time on or after the due date (without taking into account extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for a Taxable Year and at the Corporation’s option, in its sole discretion, make one or more estimated payments to the Members in respect of any anticipated amounts to be owed with respect to a Taxable Year to the Members pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement (any such estimated payments referred to as an “Estimated Tax Benefit Payment”); provided that any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment made to a Member pursuant to this Section 3.4 is matched by a proportionately equal Estimated Tax Benefit Payment to all other Members then entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment. Any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment made under this Section 3.4 shall be paid by the Corporation to the Members and applied against the final amount of any Tax Benefit Payment to be made pursuant to Section 3.1. The payment of an Estimated Tax Benefit Payment by the Corporation to the Members pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall also terminate the obligation of the Corporation to make payment of any Extension Rate Interest that might have otherwise accrued after the date of the Estimated Tax Benefit Payment with respect to the proportionate amount of the Tax Benefit Payment that is being paid in advance of the applicable Tax Benefit Schedule being finalized pursuant to Section 2.4. Upon the making of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment pursuant to this Section 3.4, the amount of such Estimated Tax Benefit Payment shall first be applied to any estimated Extension Rate Interest, then to Imputed Interest, and then applied to the remaining residual amount of the Tax Benefit Payment to be made pursuant to Section 3.1. In determining the final amount of any Tax Benefit Payment to be made pursuant to Section 3.1, and for purposes of finalizing the Tax Benefit Schedule pursuant to Section 2.4, the amount of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments that may have been made with respect to the Taxable Year shall be increased, if the finally determined Tax Benefit Payment for a Taxable Year exceeds the Estimated Tax Benefit Payments made for such Taxable Year, with such increase being paid by the Corporation to the Members along with an appropriate amount of Extension Rate Interest in respect of the amount of such increase (a “True-Up”). If the Estimated Tax Benefit Payment for a Taxable Year exceeds the finally determined Tax Benefit Payment for such Taxable Year, such excess, shall be applied to reduce the amount of any subsequent future Tax Benefit Payments (including Estimated Tax Benefit Payments, if any) to be paid by the Corporation to such Member. As of the date on which any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments are made, and as of the date on which any True-Up is made, all such payments shall be made in the same manner and subject to the same terms and conditions as otherwise contemplated by Section 3.1 and all other applicable terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, as is the case with Tax Benefit Payments made by the Corporation to the Members pursuant to Section 3.1, (i) the amount of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments made pursuant to this Section 3.4 that are attributable to an Exchange shall also be treated, in part, as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to Basis Adjustments in the Taxable Year of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law and as of the date on which such payments are made (exclusive of any amounts treated as Imputed Interest); and (ii) the amount of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments made pursuant to this Section 3.4 that are attributable to the Purchase (including for this purpose all such payments attributable to the Other Tax Assets) shall be treated, in part, as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to Basis Adjustments in the Taxable Year of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law and as of the date such payments are made (exclusive of any amounts treated as Imputed Interest).

 

18

 

 

Article IV.
Termination

 

Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.

 

(a) Corporation’s Early Termination Right. The Corporation may completely terminate this Agreement, as and to the extent provided herein, with respect to all amounts payable to the Members pursuant to this Agreement by paying to the Members the Early Termination Payments; provided that Early Termination Payments may be made pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) only if made to all Members that are entitled to such a payment simultaneously, and provided further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon the Corporation’s payment of the Early Termination Payment, the Corporation shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than with respect to any: (i) prior Tax Benefit Payments that are due and payable under this Agreement but that still remain unpaid as of the date of the Early Termination Notice; and (ii) current Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending on or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (ii) is included in the calculation of the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange subsequently occurs with respect to Units for which the Corporation has exercised its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) and paid all amounts owed in connection with the exercise of such rights, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

 

(b) Acceleration Upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated pursuant to this Article IV as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and utilizing the Valuation Assumptions by substituting the phrase “the closing date of a Change of Control” in each place where the phrase “Early Termination Effective Date” appears. Such obligations shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payments agreed to by the Corporation and the Members as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (3) any Tax Benefit Payments due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the closing date of a Change of Control (except to the extent that any amounts described in clauses (2) or (3) are included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall apply to a Change of Control, mutadis mutandi.

 

19

 

 

(c) Acceleration Upon Breach of Agreement. In the event that the Corporation materially breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder, or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, at the option of the TRA Party Representative, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable (provided that in the case of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency statute, such acceleration shall be automatic without any such notice), and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such notice of acceleration (or, in the case of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency statute, on the date of such breach) and shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such acceleration; (ii) any prior Tax Benefit Payments that are due and payable under this Agreement but that still remain unpaid as of the date of such acceleration; and (iii) any current Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of such acceleration (except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement and such breach is not a material breach of a material obligation, a Member shall still be entitled to enforce all of its rights otherwise available under this Agreement, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, seeking an acceleration of amounts payable under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 4.1(c), and subject to the following sentence, the Parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within sixty (60) days of the relevant Final Payment Date shall be deemed to be a material breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a material breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within sixty (60) days of the relevant Final Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a material breach of a material obligation of this Agreement if the Corporation fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment within sixty (60) days of the relevant Final Payment Date to the extent that the Corporation has insufficient funds or cannot make such payment as a result of obligations imposed in connection with the Senior Obligations or under applicable law, and cannot obtain sufficient funds to make such payments by taking commercially reasonable actions; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporation does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); and further provided that such payment obligation shall nonetheless accrue for the benefit of the Members and the Corporation shall make such payment at the first opportunity that it has sufficient funds and is otherwise able to make such payment.

 

(d) In the event that the Corporation or the Partnership becomes aware than an event described in clause (c) of the definition of Credit Event exists, such person shall provide notice to the TRA Party Representative of such fact (the “Credit Event Notice”). In the event that the Credit Event described in clause (c) of the definition of Credit Event is not cured within ten days of delivery of such Credit Event Notice or upon the occurrence of an event described in clauses (a) or (b) in the definition of Credit Event, then at the option of the TRA Party Representative, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable, and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the Credit Event and shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the Credit Event; (ii) any prior Tax Benefit Payments that are due and payable under this Agreement but that still remain unpaid as of the date of such acceleration; and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment).

 

20

 

 

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative a notice of the Corporation’s decision to exercise such right (an “Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule developed in consultation with the Advisory Firm (the “Early Termination Schedule”) showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The Corporation shall also (x) deliver to the TRA Party Representative supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporation or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative, that provide a reasonable level of detail regarding the data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Early Termination Schedule; (y) deliver to the TRA Party Representative a Corporation Letter supporting such Early Termination Schedule; and (z) allow the TRA Party Representative and its advisors to have reasonable access to the appropriate representatives, as determined by the Corporation or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Early Termination Schedule. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on each Party thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the TRA Party Representative received such Early Termination Schedule unless:

 

(i) the TRA Party Representative within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation with (A) notice of a material objection to such Early Termination Schedule made in good faith and setting forth in reasonable detail the TRA Party Representative’s material objection (a “Termination Objection Notice”) and (B) a letter from an Advisory Firm (that is different from the Advisory Firm that was used by the Corporation to prepare the Early Termination Schedule) in support of such Termination Objection Notice; or

 

(ii) the TRA Party Representative provides a written waiver of such right of a Termination Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Early Termination Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver from the TRA Party Representative is received by the Corporation.

 

In the event that the TRA Party Representative timely delivers a Termination Objection Notice pursuant to clause (i) above, and if the Parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Termination Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Termination Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures. The date on which the Early Termination Schedule becomes final in accordance with this Section 4.2 shall be the “Early Termination Reference Date.”

 

21

 

 

Section 4.3 Payment Upon Early Termination.

 

(a) Timing of Payment. Within three (3) Business Days after the Early Termination Reference Date, the Corporation shall pay to each Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment for such Member. Such Early Termination Payment shall be made by the Corporation by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the Members or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and the Members.

 

(b) Amount of Payment. The “Early Termination Payment” payable to a Member pursuant to Section 4.3(a) shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as determined as of the Early Termination Reference Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to such Member, whether payable with respect to Units that were Exchanged prior to the Early Termination Effective Date or on or after the Early Termination Effective Date, beginning from the Early Termination Effective Date and using the Valuation Assumptions.

 

Article V.
Subordination and Late Payments

 

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Members under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest, or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations owed in respect of secured or unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation (such obligations of the Corporation, along with any such obligations in respect of secured or unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation or the Partnership or their Subsidiaries, “Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of the Members and the Corporation shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. The Corporation and the Partnership shall not, and shall cause their Subsidiaries to not, without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) enter into or amend the terms of any financing agreement or Senior Obligations if the terms of such agreement or amendment would further restrict (beyond the restrictions applicable in financing agreements as of the date of this Agreement) the Corporation’s ability to make payments owed under the terms of this Agreement (including as a result of any restriction on the ability of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries to make distributions or other payments to the Corporation to fund amounts payable under this Agreement).

 

Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the Members when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 and the terms of the Senior Obligations or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the Final Payment Date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment.

 

22

 

 

Article VI.
Tax Matters; Consistency; Cooperation

 

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporation’s and the Partnership’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all tax matters concerning the Corporation and the Partnership Group, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to taxes; provided, however, that, the Corporation shall not settle or fail to contest any issue pertaining to Covered Taxes that is reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the Members’ rights and obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the TRA Party Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If the TRA Party Representative fails to respond to any notice with respect to the settlement or other disposition of any such issue within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of the applicable notice, the TRA Party Representative shall be deemed to have consented to the proposed settlement or other disposition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the TRA Party Representative, and keep it reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any tax audit of the Corporation or the Partnership, or any of their Subsidiaries, the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially affect amounts payable under this Agreement, and the TRA Party Representative shall have the right to participate in and to monitor any such portion of any such Tax audit. To the extent there is a conflict between this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement as it relates to tax matters concerning Covered Taxes and the Corporation and the Partnership, including preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to taxes, this Agreement shall control. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall limit any rights of Holdings or the other Members under the terms of the Transaction Agreement or the Partnership Agreement.

 

Section 6.2 Consistency. Except as otherwise required by law, all calculations and determinations made hereunder, including, without limitation, any Basis Adjustments, the determination of deductions arising from Other Tax Assets, the Schedules and the determination of any Realized Tax Benefits or Realized Tax Detriments, shall be made in accordance with the elections, methodologies or positions taken by the Corporation and the Partnership (and their respective Subsidiaries) on their respective Tax Returns. Each Member shall prepare its Tax Returns in a manner that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and any related calculations or determinations that are made hereunder, including, without limitation, the terms of Section 2.1 of this Agreement and the Schedules provided to the Members under this Agreement. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced with another Advisory Firm, such replacement Advisory Firm shall perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm, unless otherwise required by law or unless the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.

 

Section 6.3 Cooperation.

 

(a) Each Member shall (i) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (ii) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (i) above, and (iii) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter.

 

23

 

 

(b) The Corporation shall reimburse the Members for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to Section 6.3(a).

 

Article VII.
Miscellaneous

 

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.1). All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice:

 

If to the Corporation, to:

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP
900 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 1100
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Email: legal@gcmlp.com
Attention: Legal Department

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Justin G. Hamill
Facsimile: 212-751-4864
E-mail: justin.hamill@lw.com

 

If to the TRA Party Representative:

 

c/o Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C.
900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1100
Chicago, IL 60611
Email: legal@gcmlp.com
Attention: Legal Department

 

24

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to TRA Party Representative) to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Justin G. Hamill
Facsimile: 212-751-4864
E-mail: justin.hamill@lw.com

 

Any Party may change its address, fax number or e-mail address by giving each of the other Parties written notice thereof in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.5 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

25

 

 

Section 7.6 Assignments; Amendments; Successors; No Waiver.

 

(a) Assignment. Any Member may assign, sell, pledge, or otherwise alienate or transfer any interest in this Agreement, including the right to receive any Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement, to any Person without the prior written consent of the Corporation, provided that such Person shall execute and deliver a Joinder agreeing to succeed to the applicable portion of such Member’s interest in this Agreement and to become a Party for all purposes of this Agreement (the “Joinder Requirement”). For the avoidance of doubt, if a Member transfers Units in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement but does not assign to the transferee of such Units its rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Member shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of such Units (and any such transferred Units shall be separately identified, so as to facilitate the determination of Tax Benefit Payments hereunder). The Corporation may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Person (other than any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation) without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative (and any purported assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

 

(b) Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative, in which case such amendment shall be permitted. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

(c) Successors. Except as provided in Section 7.6(a), all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the Parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

(d) Waiver. No failure by any Party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition.

 

26

 

 

Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes.

 

(a) Except for Reconciliation Disputes subject to Section 7.9, any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any Party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution Rules for Administered Arbitration (the “Rules”) by three arbitrators, of which the Corporation shall appoint one arbitrator and the Members party to such Dispute shall appoint one arbitrator in accordance with the “screened” appointment procedure provided in Rule 5.4. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq., and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration shall be Chicago, Illinois.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), any Party may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling another Party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Party (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.8 shall not apply to Reconciliation Disputes to be settled in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.9.

 

(c) Each Party irrevocably consents to service of process by means of notice in the manner provided for in Section 7.1. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of any Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

(d) WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

(e) In the event the parties are unable to agree whether a dispute between them is a Reconciliation Dispute subject to the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Section 7.9 or a Dispute subject to the dispute resolution procedure set forth in this Section 7.8, such disagreement shall be decided and resolved in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 7.8.

 

27

 

 

Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to a Schedule (other than an Early Termination Schedule) prepared in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4, or with respect to an Early Termination Schedule prepared in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.2, within the relevant time period designated in this Agreement (a “Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both such Parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting firm, and unless the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporation or TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the selection of an Expert shall be treated as a Dispute subject to Section 7.8 and an arbitration panel shall pick an Expert from a nationally recognized accounting firm that does not have any material relationship with the Corporation or TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporation. The Corporation and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporation shall reimburse the Member for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding (including for the avoidance of doubt any costs and expenses incurred by the Member relating to the engagement of the Expert or amending any applicable Tax Return). The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporation and the TRA Party Representative and may be entered and enforced in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.10 Withholding. The Corporation and its affiliates and representatives shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment that is payable to any Member pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. state or local tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid by the Corporation to the relevant Member. Each Member shall reasonably cooperate with the Corporation with any applicable tax forms and certifications reasonably requested by the Corporation in connection with determining whether any such deductions and withholdings are required under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a withholding obligation arises as a result of a Change of Control or other transaction that causes the Corporation (or its successor) to become a non-U.S. Person, any amount payable to a Member under this Agreement shall be increased such that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this sentence) the relevant Member receives an amount equal to the sum that it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made.

 

28

 

 

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; DREs of the Corporation; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

 

(a) If the Corporation is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 or other applicable Sections of the Code governing affiliated or consolidated groups, or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments, and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

 

(b) Except to the extent the context requires otherwise, any reference to the Corporation in this Agreement shall include a reference to the DRE, and to any other Subsidiary of the Corporation that is treated as an entity disregarded as separate from the Corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Undertakings of the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall (to the extent requiring action of the DRE) constitute undertakings of the DRE, and the Corporation shall cause the DRE to facilitate compliance with the covenants of the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, \the acquisition of equity interests in the Partnership by the DRE in connection with the Purchase or in connection with any other Exchange shall be treated as an acquisition of such interests by the Corporation for purposes of this Agreement giving rise to Basis Adjustments that are subject to the payment obligations described in Article III and Article IV of this Agreement.

 

(c) If the Corporation, its successor in interest or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such transfer. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset as determined by the Advisory Firm or a valuation expert selected by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the Corporation, its successor in interest or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a), transfers its assets pursuant to a transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” (within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code) in which such entity does not survive or pursuant to any other transaction to which Section 381(a) of the Code applies (other than any such reorganization or any such other transaction, in each case, pursuant to which such entity transfers assets to a corporation with which the Corporation, its successor in interest or any member of the group described in Section 7.11(a) (other than any such member being transferred in such reorganization or other transaction) does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code), the transfer will not cause such entity to be treated as having transferred any assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes) pursuant to this Section 7.11(b).

 

29

 

 

Section 7.12 Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, as a result of or, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a Member reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such Member (or direct or indirect equity holders in such Member) in connection with any Exchange to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax consequences to such Member or any direct or indirect owner of such Member, then at the written election of such Member in its sole discretion (in an instrument signed by such Member and delivered to the Corporation) and to the extent specified therein by such Member, this Agreement shall cease to have further effect and shall not apply to an Exchange with respect to such Member occurring after a date specified by such Member, or may be amended by in a manner reasonably determined by such Member, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in any payments owed by the Corporation under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

 

Section 7.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the interest paid or agreed to be paid hereunder with respect to amounts due to any Member hereunder shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If any Member shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the Tax Benefit Payment, Estimated Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment, as applicable (but in each case exclusive of any component thereof comprising interest) or, if it exceeds such unpaid non-interest amount, refunded to the Corporation. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by any Member exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Member may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the payment obligations owed by the Corporation to such Member hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of the Parties to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws.

 

Section 7.14 Independent Nature of Rights and Obligations. The rights and obligations of the each Member hereunder are several and not joint with the rights and obligations of any other Person. A Member shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Person hereunder, nor shall a Member have the right to enforce the rights or obligations of any other Person hereunder (other than the Corporation). Nothing contained herein or in any other agreement or document delivered at any closing, and no action taken by any Member pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Members acting as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Members are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such rights or obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Corporation acknowledges that the Members are not acting in concert or as a group and will not assert any such claim with respect to such rights or obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 7.15 Partnership Agreement. This Agreement shall be treated as part of the Partnership Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

30

 

 

Section 7.16 TRA Party Representative. By executing this Agreement, each of the Members shall be deemed to have irrevocably constituted and appointed Holdings (in the capacity described in this Section 7.16 and each successor as provided below, the “TRA Party Representative”) as its agent and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such Members which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this Agreement; (ii)  receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this Agreement; (iv) administration of the provisions of this Agreement; (v)  giving or agreeing to, on behalf of such Members, any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the TRA Party Representative, in its sole and absolute discretion, to be necessary or appropriate under this Agreement and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (vi)  amending this Agreement or any of the instruments to be delivered to the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement; (vii) taking actions the TRA Party Representative is expressly authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement; (viii)  negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such Members, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and executing, on behalf of such Members, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; and (ix) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such Members in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and paying any fees related thereto. If the TRA Party Representative is unwilling to so serve, then the person then-serving as the TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to appoint its successor. To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the TRA Party Representative, any of its Affiliates, or any of the TRA Party Representative’s or Affiliate’s directors, officers, employees or other agents (each a “Covered Person”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any Member, the Partnership or the Corporation for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the TRA Party Representative or any other Person with respect to the Partnership or the Corporation, except in the case of any action or omission which constitutes, with respect to such Person, willful misconduct or fraud. Each of the Covered Persons may consult with legal counsel, accountants, and other experts selected by it, and any act or omission suffered or taken by it on behalf of the Partnership or the Corporation or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership or the Corporation in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants, or other experts shall create a rebuttable presumption of the good faith and due care of such Covered Person with respect to such act or omission; provided that such counsel, accountants, or other experts were selected with reasonable care. Each of the Covered Persons may rely in good faith upon, and shall have no liability to the Partnership, the Corporation or the Members for acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

Section 7.17 Non-Effect of Other Tax Receivable Agreements. If the Corporation, the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries enters into any other agreement that obligates the Corporation, the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to make payments to another party in exchange for tax benefits conferred upon the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise agreed by the TRA Party Representative, such tax benefits and such payments shall be ignored for all purposes of this Agreement (including for purposes of calculating the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual Tax liability of the Corporation hereunder).

 

[Signature Page Follows This Page]

 

31

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  GCM Grosvenor Inc.
  a Delaware corporation
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C.
  an Illinois limited liability company
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP
  an Illinois limited liability limited partnership
     
  By: GCMH GP, L.L.C., its General Partner
     
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks
     
  GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C.
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks
     
  Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C.
  an Illinois limited liability company, as TRA Party Representative
     
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
     
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
     
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks
     
  CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC
  a Delaware limited liability company
     
  By: CF Finance Acquisition Corp., its sole member
     
  By: /s/ Paul Pion
    Name: Paul Pion
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

CONFIDENTIAL EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP

 

Fifth Amended and ResTated
LIMITED liability limited PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of November 17, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP

 

Fifth Amended and ResTated
LIMITED liability limited PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

This FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “Partnership”), is made and entered into and becomes effective as of the 17th day of November, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (“Holdings”); GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GCM Grosvenor Management”); Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Holdings II”); CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CF Intermediate” and, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership (together with any successor general partner permitted pursuant to this Agreement), the “General Partner”); and GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Appendix I hereto.

 

Recitals:

 

A. The Partnership was originally organized as a limited liability limited partnership under the laws of the State of Illinois and, prior to the Effective Date, existed under a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Illinois Secretary of State and a Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2017 (the “Previous Agreement”).

 

B. On the Effective Date but immediately prior to the Conversion, (i) Holdings exercised the option under the Option Agreement, dated October 5, 2017 (the “Option Agreement”), by and among Holdings and HFCP VI AIV, L.P., H&F Chicago AIV I, L.P. and Hellman & Friedman Capital Executives VI, L.P. (collectively, “H&F”), to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Class B-2 Common Shares (as defined in the Previous Agreement) held by H&F, (ii) in accordance with the Option Agreement, Holdings designated CF Intermediate to purchase all of the Class B-2 Common Shares (as defined in the Previous Agreement) held by H&F, (iii) upon such exercise and purchase, H&F ceased to be a Limited Partner and CF Intermediate became a Limited Partner and (iv) Holdings transferred certain Class B-1 Common Shares (as defined in the Previous Agreement) held by Holdings to CF Intermediate.

 

C. With the authorization and approvals of all the Partners, the Partnership entered into that certain Plan of Conversion of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP dated as of November 17, 2020, pursuant to which a Certificate of Conversion and a Certificate of Limited Partnership (the “Certificate”) were filed with the Delaware Secretary of State effective as of November 17, 2020, and the Partnership converted into a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “Conversion”).

 

D. In connection with the Conversion and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, dated August 2, 2020 (the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, CF Intermediate, the Partnership and the other parties thereto, the Partners desire to amend and restate the Previous Agreement to, among other things: (i) substitute CF Intermediate as the General Partner, (ii) create a single class of Common Units and reclassify the Class B-1 Common Shares, Class B-2 Common Shares and Class C Common Shares (as defined in the Previous Agreement) (collectively, the “Previous Interests”) as set forth herein and (iii) provide for the issuance of additional Common Units to CF Intermediate as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement and the issuance of the Warrants pursuant to the Warrant Agreements.

 

 

 

 

Agreements:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants contained herein, the Partners hereby agree as follows:

 

§1. OPERATION OF PARTNERSHIP; NAME; TERM; ETC.

 

§1.1. Continuation of the Partnership. The Partners hereby continue the Partnership as a limited liability limited partnership under the Act and agree to operate the Partnership on the terms and subject to the conditions and for the purposes and the term set forth herein. The rights and obligations of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as expressly provided herein. As of the Effective Date, any previous agreement for the formation, organization, or governance of the Partnership (including, but not limited to, the Previous Agreement) is hereby superseded and amended by substituting this Agreement in its entirety. The General Partner shall, from time to time, execute or cause to be executed all such certificates, instruments and other documents, and do, make, or cause to be done or made all such filings, recordings, publishings and other acts as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of law for the continuation and operation of the Partnership in all jurisdictions in which the Partnership shall desire to conduct its business.

 

§1.2. Registered Office; Principal Place of Business. The name of the Partnership’s registered agent for service of process in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, and the address of the Partnership’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808, or at such other place in the State of Delaware as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The address of the Partnership’s principal place of business is 900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1100, Chicago, Illinois 60611. The General Partner may change the Partnership’s registered agent or the location of the Partnership’s registered office or principal place of business or establish additional places of business as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its discretion.

 

§1.3. Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP,” or such other name as shall be designated from time to time by the General Partner in compliance with the Act.

 

§1.4. Purposes and Powers. The purposes of the Partnership shall be to: (i) own interests in one or more operating and holding entities as may be determined by the General Partner in accordance with this Agreement; (ii) engage, directly or through such entities, in the business of (A) furnishing investment and financial advisory, counseling, and management services, (B) acting as a general partner, limited partner, shareholder, member, or manager of one or more investment or other partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies, or other entities, and (C) investing in Securities, commodities, currencies, futures, options and other instruments and assets; and/or (iii) engage in any other lawful business or activity permitted under the Act. In furtherance of these purposes the Partnership shall have all the powers necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient for the accomplishment of its purposes, including the power to:

 

(a) acquire interests in, and manage the business and affairs of, any partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other entity in which the Partnership is a general partner, limited partner, shareholder, member, or manager and perform any act and execute any document which, in the judgment of the General Partner, is necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient to the management of any such partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other entity;

 

2

 

 

(b) take such actions as may be deemed necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient in respect of any Subsidiary, including modifying the terms of (or waiving any rights under) any Subsidiary governing documents;

 

(c) purchase, hold, sell, write, exchange, transfer, mortgage, pledge, grant options with respect to, and otherwise invest and trade in Securities, commodities, currencies, futures, options, instruments and assets for investment or otherwise;

 

(d) invest and reinvest assets of the Partnership in any investments, including any investments in Grosvenor Funds or any Subsidiaries;

 

(e) exercise all rights, powers, privileges, and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to Securities, commodities, currencies, futures, options, instruments and other assets of the Partnership;

 

(f) participate in the management of issuers of Securities and other instruments which are held by the Partnership, by any partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other entity of which the Partnership is a general partner, limited partner, shareholder, manager, or member, or by any other Person whose investments or accounts are managed by the Partnership;

 

(g) give general or special proxies or powers of attorney, or vote or act in respect of Securities or any other assets of the Partnership, which may be discretionary and with power of substitution; deposit Securities and other assets with, or transfer them to, representative committees or similar bodies; join in any reorganization; or pay assessments or subscriptions called for in connection with Securities and other assets held by the Partnership;

 

(h) open, conduct and close accounts, including, without limitation, margin, futures, and discretionary accounts, with brokers, dealers, and futures commission merchants and pay customary fees and charges applicable to transactions in all such accounts;

 

(i) borrow or raise monies or make loans or other extensions of credit (either on a secured or unsecured basis or with or without recourse) to any Person (including the General Partner and its Affiliates or a Limited Partner or any employee or officer of the General Partner and its Affiliates and Limited Partners); guarantee loans or other extensions of credit for any purpose; and obtain letters of credit; issue, accept, endorse, and execute promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures, and other negotiable or non-negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness from time to time without limitation as to the amount or manner and time of repayment; and secure the payment of all such obligations of the Partnership by mortgage upon, or by hypothecation or pledge of, all or part of the property of the Partnership whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired;

 

(j) have and maintain one or more offices within or without the State of Delaware and, in connection therewith, rent or acquire office space, engage personnel and do such other acts and things as may be advisable or necessary in connection with the maintenance of such office or offices;

 

(k) hire and dismiss any and all employees, staff, agents, independent contractors and other service providers, including any Subsidiary of the Partnership acting in such capacity;

 

(l) engage lawyers, accountants, advisors, consultants, lobbyists, or such other Persons as the General Partner may deem necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient;

 

3

 

 

(m) make political contributions to any candidate for federal, state, local, municipal, or other public office, including contributions to any political action committee, campaign or candidate committee, inaugural committee, or similar committee related to a candidate, a campaign, or political speech;

 

(n) make charitable and philanthropic contributions;

 

(o) sue, prosecute, mediate, arbitrate, settle, or compromise all claims against third parties, compromise, settle, or accept judgment of claims against the Partnership, and execute all documents and make all representations, admissions, and waivers in connection therewith;

 

(p) indemnify and exculpate any and all employees, staff, agents, independent contractors and other service providers, including any Subsidiary of the Partnership acting in such capacity; and

 

(q) enter into, make and perform all contracts and other undertakings, and engage in all other activities and transactions, as the General Partner may deem necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient for carrying out the purposes of the Partnership.

 

§1.5. Limitation of Liability.

 

(a) Except as provided in the Act or as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner of the Partnership shall be obligated personally for any debt, obligation, or liability of the Partnership or of any other Partner solely by reason of being a Partner of the Partnership.

 

(b) In no event shall any Partner or former Partner (i) be obligated to make any capital contribution or payment to or on behalf of the Partnership except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, (ii) have any liability in its capacity as a Partner in excess of such Partner’s obligation to make capital contributions or other payments pursuant to Section 3.4 and any other payments expressly provided for in this Agreement or (iii) have any liability to return distributions received by such Partner from the Partnership except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or other related agreements, as expressly agreed to in another writing, or as may be required by applicable law.

 

§1.6. Title to Partnership Property. Title to Partnership property may be held in the name of the Partnership or a nominee of the Partnership.

 

§1.7. Term. The existence of the Partnership shall continue unless and until the Partnership is dissolved, wound up, and terminated in accordance with Section 11.

 

§2. MANAGEMENT.

 

§2.1. Management of the Partnership. The business and affairs of the Partnership will be managed by and under the direction of the General Partner. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the General Partner will have full, exclusive, and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Partnership and, except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement as it may be amended from time to time, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Partnership and to take all such actions as it deems necessary, appropriate, advisable, incidental, or convenient to accomplish the purposes of the Partnership as set forth herein. The General Partner will have the sole power to bind the Partnership, except and to the extent that such power is expressly delegated by the General Partner pursuant to Section 2.2. Any reference in this Agreement to a decision, determination, or other action which may be made or taken by the General Partner shall mean that such decision, determination, or other action may be made or taken in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner (or in the sole and absolute discretion of any Person to whom the General Partner has expressly delegated the authority or duty to make or take such decision, determination, or other action pursuant to Section 2.2). The General Partner may not be removed.

 

4

 

 

§2.2. Officers. The General Partner may, from time to time, delegate to one or more Persons (including any other Partner, any officer of the Partnership or of any Partner, or any member, partner, shareholder, or Affiliate of any Partner) such authority and duties and assign such titles to such Persons as the General Partner shall determine. Any such delegation pursuant to this Section 2.3 may be revoked at any time by the General Partner.

 

§2.3. No Management by Limited Partners. No Limited Partner (other than the General Partner, in its capacity as such) will take part in the day-to-day management, operation, or control of the business and affairs of the Partnership. Except and only to the extent expressly provided for in this Agreement and as delegated by the General Partner, no Partner or other Person, other than the General Partner, will be an agent of the Partnership or have any right, power or authority to transact any business in the name of the Partnership or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Partnership.

 

§2.4. Reliance by Third Parties. Any Person dealing with the Partnership or the General Partner may rely upon a certificate signed by the manager of the General Partner as to:

 

(a) the identity of the members of the General Partner, any officer of the Partnership, or any Partner thereof;

 

(b) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by the General Partner or in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Partnership;

 

(c) the Persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any agreement, instrument, or document of or on behalf of the Partnership; or

 

(d) any act or failure to act by the Partnership or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Partnership or any Partner.

 

§2.5. Personnel; Expenses; Insurance; Reimbursements (including CF Intermediate and the Corporation); Related Party Transactions.

 

(a) The Partnership may employ or contract with personnel to carry on the Partnership’s business. Subject to the terms of any employment, consulting, or other contract to which the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and to any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may employ, dismiss from employment, terminate and determine the compensation of any and all employees, agents, independent contractors, attorneys, accountants, and such other persons as it shall determine to be necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Partnership may employ or contract any Person who is a Limited Partner or a member, partner, shareholder, or Affiliate of a Limited Partner.

 

(b) The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase, at the Partnership’s expense, (i) such liability, casualty, property, life, and other insurance as the General Partner in its discretion deems necessary, advisable, incidental, or convenient to protect the Partnership’s assets and personnel against loss or claims of any nature, and (ii) any insurance covering the potential liabilities of any contractor for, or agent or employee of, the Partnership or the General Partner, and any of the officers, directors and employees of the General Partner or the Partnership, and potential liabilities of the General Partner or any other Person serving at the request of the General Partner as a director and/or officer of a corporation or official of any other entity in which the Partnership has an investment; provided, however, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or other Partners for its failure to purchase any insurance or its failure to purchase insurance with adequate coverage.

 

5

 

 

(c) The Partnership may reimburse the Partners, officers, and employees of the Partnership for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Persons on behalf of the Partnership in accordance with such reimbursement policies as may be established by the General Partner, as such policies may be limited by the terms of any applicable employment agreement and any agreement that may be entered into among the Partners amending the terms of this Agreement. In addition, the Partnership shall reimburse CF Intermediate and the Corporation for the direct and indirect costs of carrying on their businesses, including without limitation their respective costs of insurance, financial reporting and tax return preparation, any other liabilities of CF Intermediate or the Corporation to the extent permitted by Law, and any costs or expenses with respect to directors, officers or employees of CF Intermediate or the Corporation. The General Partner’s reasonable determination of which expenses may be reimbursed to a Partner or officer of the Partnership, as applicable, and the amount of such expenses, shall be conclusive and binding on the Partners. Such reimbursement shall be treated as an expense of the Partnership and shall not be deemed to constitute a distributive share of the Profits or a distribution or return of capital to any Partner.

 

(d) The Partnership may engage in any transaction or contract with any Partner or Affiliate of a Partner or any employee or officer of such Partner or Affiliate of a Partner, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the General Partner in its discretion.

 

§3. PARTNERS; PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS, AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.

 

§3.1. Identity of Partners. The names and addresses of the Partners of the Partnership as of the Effective Date are set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

§3.2. Partnership Interests.

 

(a) As of the Effective Date and following the Conversion, the Partnership Interests of the Partnership will be comprised of Common Units.

 

(b) The number of Previous Interests that were issued and outstanding and held by the Partners immediately prior to the Conversion are as set forth in Exhibit B hereto and are hereby converted, as of the effective time of the Conversion, into the number of Common Units set forth opposite the name of the respective Partner as set forth in Exhibit B hereto under the heading “Converted Partnership Interests”, and such Common Units are hereby issued and outstanding as of the effective time of the Conversion and the holders of such Common Units are Partners hereunder. Exhibit B hereto also reflects the Common Units and Warrants issued to CF Intermediate in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

 

(c) The Common Units shall have such economic rights and interests and legal rights and obligations as are set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d) All holders of Common Units shall be entitled to the allocations of Profit and Loss (and items of income, gain, loss, and deduction) provided for holders of Common Units by Section 4 and the distributions to holders of Common Units described in Section 5.

 

6

 

 

§3.3. Capital Contributions. No Partner will be required to make any Capital Contributions to the Partnership or to lend any funds to the Partnership unless all the Partners agree. No Partner will have any personal liability for the payment or repayment of any Capital Contribution of any other Partner or its predecessor.

 

§3.4. Capital Accounts.

 

(a) A Capital Account shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations and, to the extent consistent with said Treasury Regulations, in accordance with subsections (b), (c), (d), and (e), of this Section 3.4 for items accounted for from and after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Capital Account of each Partner shall be credited with: (i) the amount of any Capital Contribution made in cash by such Partner; (ii) the fair market value (net of any liabilities the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code) of any Capital Contribution made in property other than cash by such Partner (as determined in good faith by the General Partner); (iii) allocations to such Partner of Profits pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement; and (iv) any other item required to be credited for proper maintenance of capital accounts by the Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code.

 

(c) A Partner’s Capital Account shall be debited with: (i) the amount of any cash distributed to such Partner; (ii) the fair market value (net of liabilities that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code) of any property other than cash distributed to such Partner (as determined in good faith by the General Partner); (iii) allocations to such Partner of Losses pursuant to Section 4; and (iv) any other item required to be debited for proper maintenance of capital accounts by the Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code.

 

(d) The Partnership may (in the discretion of the General Partner), upon the occurrence of the events specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) or as otherwise provided in the Treasury Regulations, increase or decrease the Capital Accounts of the Partners in accordance with the rules of such Treasury Regulation and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) to reflect a revaluation of Partnership property. The fair market value of Partnership property used to determine such increases or decreases shall be determined in good faith by the General Partner.

 

(e) Following the date hereof, upon any permitted Transfer by a Partner of a Partnership Interest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, so much of the Capital Account of the Transferring Partner as is attributable to the Partnership Interest Transferred shall be Transferred to the Capital Account of the Transferee Partner.

 

§3.5. Additional Partnership Interests.

 

(a) Subject to compliance with Section 3.5(c), the General Partner shall have the right to cause the Partnership to create and/or issue Equity Securities of the Partnership (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers, and/or obligations as may from time to time be established by the General Partner, including rights, powers, and/or obligations different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and series of Equity Securities of the Partnership), in which event the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement to reflect such additional issuances and to make any such other amendments as the General Partner reasonably and in good faith deems necessary to reflect such additional issuances (including amending this Agreement to increase the authorized number of Equity Securities of any class, group or series, to create and authorize a new class, group or series of Equity Securities and to add the terms of such new class, group or series of Equity Securities including economic and governance rights which may be different from, senior to or more favorable than the other existing Equity Securities), in each case without the approval or consent of any Partner. In connection with any issuance of Equity Securities of the Partnership pursuant to this Section 3.5(a), each Person who acquires such Equity Securities shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement, accepting and agreeing to be bound by all terms and conditions hereof. Each Person who acquires Equity Securities of the Partnership may be required in exchange for such Equity Securities to make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount to be determined by the General Partner.

 

7

 

 

(b) The Partnership may issue preferred Partnership Interests, which may have such designations, preferences, and relative, optional or other special rights as shall be fixed by the General Partner and, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, the General Partner may, without the consent of any Limited Partner, make such amendments to this Agreement as are necessary or appropriate to effect the terms and conditions of any such issuance.

 

(c) From and after the Sunset Date (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(c)(iii) below, each time the Corporation and/or the Partnership (or any Subsidiary of the Partnership) proposes to issue any Equity Securities (collectively, “New Issue Securities”) to any Person, the Corporation and/or the Partnership shall first offer, or cause its applicable Subsidiary to offer, the New Issue Securities to each Limited Partner (the “Preemptive Rights Partners”) in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i) The Partnership shall give a written notice to each Preemptive Rights Partner (the “Preemptive Notice”) stating (A) its and/or the Corporation’s intention to issue the New Issue Securities; (B) the amount and description of such New Issue Securities to be issued; and (C) the purchase price (calculated as of the proposed issuance date) and the other terms upon which the Partnership (or Subsidiary) and/or the Corporation is offering the New Issue Securities, which purchase price and terms shall be the same as those offered to the Persons to whom the Partnership and/or the Corporation seeks to issue such New Issue Securities.

 

(ii) Upon delivery of a Preemptive Notice, each Preemptive Rights Partner shall have the right to purchase or subscribe for its pro rata share of the New Issue Securities based on its percentage ownership of the then-outstanding Common Units (before giving effect to the proposed issuance or sale of New Securities). In the event any Preemptive Rights Partner does not subscribe to or purchase any or all of its pro rata share of the New Issue Securities, the remaining Preemptive Rights Partners shall each have the right to subscribe to or purchase its pro rata share of the New Issue Securities which have not been subscribed or purchased, with such proration to be based on each such remaining Preemptive Rights Partner’s relative percentage ownership of the then-outstanding Common Units (before giving effect to the proposed issuance or sale of the New Issue Securities). The preemptive rights granted hereunder shall terminate with respect to any particular issuance of New Issue Securities if unexercised within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Preemptive Notice with respect thereto. The Corporation and/or the Partnership (or its applicable Subsidiary) shall have 180 days from the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period described above to issue or sell all or any part of such New Issue Securities which the Preemptive Rights Partners have not elected to subscribe to or purchase, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Preemptive Notice.

 

(iii) If any Preemptive Rights Partner exercises its rights to purchase under this Section 3.5(c), the purchase of New Issue Securities by such Preemptive Rights Partners pursuant to this Section 3.5(c) shall be consummated simultaneously with the closing of the sale of the New Issue Securities set forth in the Preemptive Notice.

 

8

 

 

(iv) The preemptive rights contained in this Section 3.5(c) shall not apply to:

 

(A) the issuance of Equity Securities in connection with any bona fide acquisition of the assets or Equity Securities of another Person (whether by merger, acquisition of Equity Securities of such Person, acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, or other reorganization), to the sellers in such transaction as consideration for such acquisition;

 

(B) the issuance of Equity Securities (1) in connection with the exercise, exchange, conversion, subdivision, combination, recapitalization, or reorganization of outstanding Equity Securities which were issued in compliance with this Section 3.5(c) or were exempt from this Section 3.5(c) upon issuance or (2) as a dividend or distribution in respect of outstanding Common Units, in each case approved by the General Partner; or

 

(C) Preferred Partnership Interests and shares issued pursuant to an Equity Plan.

 

(d) Each Person who subscribes for an additional Partnership Interest and satisfies the conditions established by the General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Partner in respect of said Partnership Interest, effective upon the execution by such Person of a counterpart of this Agreement, without the consent of the Partners.

 

§3.6. Advances. If any Partner advances any funds to the Partnership, the amount of such advance will neither increase its Capital Account nor entitle it to any increase in its share of the distributions of the Partnership. The amount of any such advance will be a debt obligation of the Partnership to such Partner (which may be evidenced by a promissory note) and, unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, will be repaid to it by the Partnership with interest at a rate equal to (a) an annual floating rate equal to the average bank prime lending rate as published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time or (b) such higher rate as may be approved by all the Partners, and upon such other terms and subject to such other conditions as may be determined by the General Partner. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, any such advance will be payable and collectible only out of Partnership assets, and the other Partners will not be personally obligated to repay any part thereof. No Person who makes any such loan to the Partnership will have or acquire, as a result of making such loan, any direct or indirect interest in the profits, capital or property of the Partnership, other than as a creditor.

 

§3.7. No Resignation or Withdrawal; No Interest. Except as approved by the General Partner in its sole discretion or as expressly provided herein, a Limited Partner (i) may not resign, withdraw, or dissociate from the Partnership prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 or in connection with a Transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interests, (ii) may not receive the return of, or interest on, its Capital Contribution, Capital Account, or other amount, and (iii) shall not have the right to petition or to take any action to subject Partnership assets or any part thereof to the authority of any court or other governmental body in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding.

 

§3.8. Nature of Partnership Interest; No Partition. A Partnership Interest shall for all purposes be personal property. A Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property. Each Partner waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for partition of the Partnership’s property.

 

9

 

 

§3.9. Warrants. On the Effective Date, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the Partnership has issued warrants to purchase Common Units (the “Warrants”) to CF Intermediate as set forth on Exhibit B hereto pursuant to warrant agreements (the “Warrant Agreements”) entered into between the Partnership and CF Intermediate as of the Effective Date. Upon the valid exercise of a Warrant in accordance with a Warrant Agreement, the Partnership shall issue to the party exercising such Warrant the number of Common Units, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances other than those arising under applicable securities laws and this Agreement, to be issued in connection with such exercise. Excluding warrants, options or similar instruments governed by Section 3.12 (the “Excluded Instruments”), which shall be governed by such section, in the event any holder of a warrant (other than an Excluded Instrument) to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Upstairs Warrants”) exercises an Upstairs Warrant, then the Corporation and CF Intermediate each agree that it shall cause a corresponding exercise (including by effecting such exercise in the same manner, i.e., by payment of a cash exercise price or on a cashless basis) of a Warrant with similar terms held by CF Intermediate, such that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection with the exercise of such Upstairs Warrant shall match with a corresponding number of Common Units issued by the Partnership pursuant to a Warrant Agreement. The Corporation and CF Intermediate each agree that it will not exercise any Warrants other than in connection with the corresponding exercise of an Upstairs Warrant. In the event an Upstairs Warrant is redeemed, the Partnership will redeem a Warrant with similar terms held by CF Intermediate.

 

§3.10. Authorization and Issuance of Additional Common Units.

 

(a) The Partnership shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Common Units, to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (including through CF Intermediate), and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, (i) unvested shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) treasury stock or (iii) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including without limitation warrants, options or rights) issued by the Corporation that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (except to the extent the net proceeds from such other securities, including any exercise or purchase price payable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, has been contributed by the Corporation to the equity capital of the Partnership). In the event the Corporation issues, transfers or delivers from treasury stock or repurchases Class A Common Stock in a transaction not contemplated in this Agreement, the General Partner shall take all actions such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries or repurchases, the number of outstanding Common Units owned by CF Intermediate will equal on a one-for-one basis the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. In the event the Corporation issues, transfers or delivers from treasury stock or repurchases or redeems the Corporation’s preferred stock in a transaction not contemplated in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have the authority to take all actions such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries, repurchases or redemptions, CF Intermediate holds (in the case of any issuance, transfer or delivery) or ceases to hold (in the case of any repurchase or redemption) equity interests in the Partnership which (in the good faith determination of the General Partner) are in the aggregate substantially equivalent to the outstanding preferred stock of the Corporation so issued, transferred, delivered, repurchased or redeemed. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, the Partnership shall not undertake any subdivision (by any Common Unit split, Common Unit distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) or combination (by reverse Common Unit split, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) of the Common Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of Class A Common Stock to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by CF Intermediate and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, unless such action is necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation (including through CF Intermediate) and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as contemplated by the first sentence of this Section 3.04(a).

 

10

 

 

(b) The Partnership shall only be permitted to issue additional Common Units, and/or establish other classes of Partnership Interests to the Persons and on the terms and conditions provided for in Section 3.5, this Section 3.10 or Section 3.12.

 

§3.11. Repurchase or Redemption of Shares of Class A Common Stock. If, at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock are repurchased or redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the Corporation for cash, then the General Partner shall cause the Partnership, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of Class A Common Stock, to redeem a corresponding number of Common Units held by CF Intermediate, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the shares of Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by the Corporation (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the shares of Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by the Corporation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not make any repurchase or redemption if such repurchase or redemption would violate any applicable law.

 

§3.12. Corporate Stock Option Plans and Equity Plans.

 

(a) Options Granted to Partnership Employees. If at any time or from time to time, an option to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock that was granted under any Stock Option Plan to an employee of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (a “Stock Option”) is duly exercised:

 

(i) For each share of Class A Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Option is exercised, the Corporation shall be considered to have sold to the Optionee, and the Optionee shall be considered to have purchased from the Corporation, for a cash price per share equal to the value of a share of Class A Common Stock at the time of the exercise, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient of (x) the per share exercise price of such Stock Option divided by (y) the value of a share of Class A Common Stock at the time of such exercise (provided, that if such Stock Option is exercised on a cashless basis, no such shares of Class A Common Stock shall be considered to have been purchased by the Optionee pursuant to this clause (i)).

 

(ii) The Corporation shall be considered to have sold to the Partnership (or if the Optionee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Subsidiary of the Partnership, the Corporation shall be considered to have sold to such Subsidiary), and the Partnership (or such Subsidiary, as applicable) shall be considered to have purchased from the Corporation, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the excess of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock as to which such Stock Option is being exercised over (y) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold to the Optionee pursuant to Section 3.12(a)(i) hereof (provided, that if such Stock Option is exercised on a cashless basis, the Corporation shall be considered to have sold to the Partnership (or an applicable Subsidiary of the Partnership) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such Stock Option is settled on a cashless basis). The purchase price per share of Class A Common Stock for such sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to the Partnership (or such Subsidiary) shall be the value of a share of Class A Common Stock as of the date of exercise of such Stock Option.

 

(iii) The Partnership shall transfer to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Partnership Subsidiary, the Subsidiary shall transfer to the Optionee) at no additional cost to such Optionee and as additional compensation to such Optionee, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock described in Section 3.12(a)(ii).

 

11

 

 

(iv) The Corporation shall be considered to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership (via CF Intermediate) in an amount equal to all proceeds received by the Corporation in connection with the exercise of such Stock Option. The Corporation shall receive for such Capital Contribution, a number of Common Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which such Stock Option was exercised (or, if such Stock Option is exercised on a cashless basis, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such Stock Option is settled on a cashless basis).

 

(b) Restricted Stock Granted to Partnership Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan (other than a Stock Option Plan), any shares of Class A Common Stock are issued to an employee of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (including any shares of Class A Common Stock that are subject to forfeiture in the event such employee terminates his or her employment with the Partnership or any Subsidiary) in consideration for services performed for the Partnership or any Subsidiary:

 

(i) The Corporation shall issue such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as are to be issued to such employee in accordance with the Equity Plan;

 

(ii) on the date (such date, the “Vesting Date”) that the value of such shares is includible in taxable income of such employee, the following events will be deemed to have occurred: (A) the Corporation shall be deemed to have sold such shares of Class A Common Stock to the Partnership (or if such employee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Subsidiary, to such Subsidiary) for a purchase price equal to the value of such shares of Class A Common Stock on the Vesting Date, (B) the Partnership (or such Subsidiary) shall be deemed to have delivered such shares of Class A Common Stock to such employee, (C) the Corporation shall be deemed to have contributed the purchase price described in clause (A) for such shares of Class A Common Stock to the Partnership (via CF Intermediate) as a Capital Contribution and (D) in the case where such employee is an employee of a Subsidiary, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed such amount to the capital of the Subsidiary; and

 

(iii) the Partnership shall issue to the Corporation on the Vesting Date a number of Common Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued under Section 3.12(b)(i) in consideration for a Capital Contribution that the Corporation is deemed to make to the Partnership (via CF Intermediate) pursuant to clause (C) of Section 3.12(b)(ii) above.

 

(c) Future Stock Incentive Plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or applied to preclude or restrain the Corporation from adopting, modifying or terminating stock incentive plans for the benefit of employees, directors or other business associates of the Corporation, the Partnership or any of their respective Affiliates. The Partners acknowledge and agree that, in the event that any such plan is adopted, modified or terminated by the Corporation, the Corporation and the Partnership and their Affiliates shall be entitled to administer such plans in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Section 3.12, and that the Corporation and the Partnership may make any amendments that are necessary or advisable to this Section 3.12 to accommodate such administration, without the requirement of any further consent or acknowledgement of any other Partner other than Holdings (for so long as Holdings is a Partner).

 

§4. ALLOCATIONS.

 

§4.1. Allocations of Profits and Losses.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, each item of income, gain, loss or deduction of the Partnership (determined in accordance with U.S. tax principles as applied to the maintenance of capital accounts) shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts of the Partners as of the end of each fiscal year or as circumstances otherwise require or allow, in a manner that as closely as possible causes each Partner’s Capital Account balance to equal the amount that would be distributed to such Partner if the Partnership sold all of its assets for their Book Values, repaid all of its liabilities and distributed the balance pursuant to Section 11.

 

12

 

 

(b) If during any Fiscal Year there is a change in any Partner’s Partnership Interest as a result of the admission of one or more Partners, the withdrawal of a Partner, or a Transfer of a Partnership Interest, the Profits, Losses, or any other item allocable to the Partners under this Agreement for the Fiscal Year shall, subject to the terms of the Transaction Agreement, be allocated among the Partners so as to reflect their varying interests in the Partnership during the Fiscal Year, using any permissible method under section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, as selected by the General Partner in its reasonable discretion.

 

§4.2. Regulatory Allocations.

 

(a) Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Fiscal Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), Profits for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) shall be allocated to the Partners in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4).

 

(b) Nonrecourse deductions (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated pro rata among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2(a), if there is a net decrease in the Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, each Partner shall be allocated Profits for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 4.2(b) is intended to be a minimum gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(c) If any Partner that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Sections 4.2(a) and 4.2(b) but before the application of any other provision of this Section 4, then Profits for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated to such Partner in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. This Section 4.2(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(d) If the allocation of Losses to a Partner as provided in Section 4.1 would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, there shall be allocated to such Partner only that amount of Losses as will not create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. The Losses that would, absent the application of the preceding sentence, otherwise be allocated to such Partner shall be allocated to the other Partners in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, subject to this Section 4.2(d).

 

(e) Profits and Losses described in clause (vi) of the definition of “Profits” and “Loss” shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j), (k) and (m).

 

13

 

 

(f) The allocations set forth in Section 4.2(a) through and including Section 4.2(e) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to allocate Profit and Loss of the Partnership or make distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 4, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction and loss shall be reallocated among the Partners so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Partners to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Partner is zero.

 

(g) Allocations and other adjustments with respect to any “non-compensatory options” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.721-2(f)), shall be made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations including Treasury Regulations Section 1.721-2.

 

§4.3. Tax Allocations.

 

(a) The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership will be allocated, for federal, state and local income tax purposes, among the Partners in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions and credits among the Partners for computing their Capital Accounts; provided that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable Law, the Partnership’s subsequent income, gains, losses, deductions and credits will be allocated among the Partners so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.

 

(b) Items of Partnership taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Code Section 704(c) so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value using any proper method selected by the General Partner.

 

(c) If the Book Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 3.4(d), subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value using the “traditional method” as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b); provided that the Partnership shall make curative allocations in respect of gain from the disposition of property subject to the ceiling rule (including, to the extent the General Partner determines applicable, any allocations with respect to Section 704(c) property pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(a)(9)) in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(c)(3)(iii)(B).

 

(d) Allocations of tax credits, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Partners as determined by the General Partner taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).

 

(e) For purposes of determining a Partner’s share of the Partnership’s “excess nonrecourse liabilities” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Partner’s interest in income and gain shall be determined pursuant to any proper method, as reasonably determined by the General Partner; provided, that for any year where the allocation of such liabilities could affect any gain that might be required to be recognized by (or an ability to utilize deductions or losses otherwise allocated to) Holdings, Holdings II or GCM Grosvenor Management, such allocations shall be made consistent with any approach permissible under applicable Law that is selected by Holdings.

 

14

 

 

(f) Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses distributions or other items.

 

§5. DISTRIBUTIONS.

 

§5.1. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Partners, as and when determined by the General Partner, pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. Except (a) for pro rata distributions to the Partners in accordance with this Section 5.1 and Section 5.2, (b) for distributions in accordance with Section 5.3 or (iii) as authorized by written consent of each Partner, the Partnership shall not make any distributions (in cash or in kind) or dividend payments to any Partner.

 

§5.2. Distributions In-Kind. To the extent that the Partnership makes pro rata distributions of property in-kind to the Partners, the Partnership shall be treated as making a distribution equal to the fair market value of such property for purposes of Section 5.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its fair market value. Any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 4. The fair market value of such property shall be determined in good faith by the General Partner.

 

§5.3. Tax Distributions. With respect to any tax period (or portion thereof) ending after the date hereof:

 

(a) The Partnership shall make distributions to all Partners pro rata, in accordance with each Partner’s Percentage Interest, on a quarterly basis and in such amounts as necessary to enable each Partner (taking into account distributions made during the taxable year in question under Section 5.1 and this Section 5.3) to timely (x) satisfy all of its U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax liabilities related to tax items of the Partnership (calculated assuming each Partner is subject to an effective tax rate equal to the highest applicable income tax rate to any direct or indirect partner in the Partnership that is tax resident in only the United States, taking into account any audit or similar adjustment imposed with respect to tax items of the Partnership (including in respect of taxable periods ending prior to the Effective Date), and disregarding the effect of adjustments made under Sections 734 or 743 of the Code, but taking into account the character of the income in such determination), and (y) to the extent the amounts distributed in clause (x) are not sufficient to permit the Corporation to pay its actual U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax liabilities related to tax items of the Partnership and meet its obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, any incremental amount required to permit the Corporation to pay such actual tax liabilities and meet its obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement. At the direction of Holdings (which direction may be given in Holdings’ sole discretion), the amount of pro rata tax distributions required to be made pursuant to the preceding sentence may be reduced to the extent directed by Holdings (provided, that in no event will such reduction result in an amount of distributions to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 5.3 that is less than the amount required to permit the Corporation to pay its actual U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax liabilities related to tax items of the Partnership and meet its obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement).

 

15

 

 

(b) If a Partner (other than CF Intermediate) has an Assumed Tax Liability at a Tax Advance Date in excess of the sum of the amount of distributions under Section 5.1, Section 5.3(a) and any Tax Advances made to such Partner through such date in each case with respect to the taxable period for which payments are due on such Tax Advance Date, the Partnership shall make advances to such Partner in an amount equal to such excess (a “Tax Advance”). Any such Tax Advances shall be treated as an advance against and, thus, shall reduce (without duplication), any future distributions that would otherwise be made to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 11.3. If there is a Tax Advance outstanding with respect to a Partner who (i) elects to participate in a Redemption (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Direct Exchange at the option of the Corporation), or (ii) transfers Common Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, then in each case such Partner will indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership against such Tax Advance, and shall be required to promptly pay to the Partnership (but in all events within fifteen days after the applicable exchange or transfer date, as the case may be) an amount of cash equal to the proportionate share of such Tax Advance relating to its Common Units subject to such exchange or transfer (determined at the time of the redemption or transfer based on the number of Common Units held by such Partner), provided that, in the case of any transfer described in clause (ii), such Partner shall not be required to pay such amount of cash equal to the proportionate share of such Tax Advance relating to its Common Units subject to the transfer, if the transferee agrees to assume the Partner’s obligation to repay to the Partnership such amount equal to the proportionate share of the Partner’s existing Tax Advance relating to such Common Units subject to the Transfer, and such Partner shall be relieved from any liabilities associated with and the obligation to repay its existing Tax Advance relating to such Common Units subject to the Transfer. The obligations of each Partner pursuant to the preceding sentence shall survive the withdrawal of any Partner or the transfer of any Partner’s Units in the Partnership and shall apply to any current or former Partner. For the avoidance of doubt, any repayment of a Tax Advance pursuant to the previous sentence shall not be treated as a Capital Contribution.

 

(c) Prior to the Sunset Date (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), if the Partnership does not have sufficient cash (as reasonably determined by the General Partner) to make the distributions provided for by this Section 5.3, the Partnership may delay the making of such distributions until it has sufficient cash (as reasonably determined by the General Partner) and the failure to pay such distributions in such circumstance shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement (and neither the General Partner not the Partnership shall have any obligation to take any action (including undertaking any asset or equity sales) to generate sufficient cash to make such distributions).

 

§5.4. Amounts Withheld. To the extent the Partnership (or any entity in which the Partnership holds a direct or indirect interest) is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments (including, without limitation, any imputed underpayments under the Code, or similar amounts under state, local, or non-U.S. law) on behalf of or with respect to any Partner, or if any entity in which the Partnership holds a direct or indirect interest is required to withhold on amounts payable to the Partnership or its Subsidiaries as a result of the status (e.g., based on tax residency or treaty qualification status) of a Partner, the General Partner may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. All such amounts withheld or payments made on behalf of a Partner or as a result of the status of a Partner (“Tax Amounts”) shall, at the option of the General Partner, (i) be promptly paid to the Partnership by the Partner on whose behalf such Tax Amount were made, or (ii) be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Partner. Whenever the General Partner selects option (ii) pursuant to the preceding sentence for repayment of a Tax Amount by a Partner, for all other purposes of this Agreement such Partner shall be treated as having received all distributions (whether before or upon liquidation) unreduced by the amount of such Tax Amount. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from and against any liability (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax, interest or imputed underpayments under Section 6232(a) of the Code, or similar amounts under state, local, or non-U.S. law) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Partner. Each Partner’s obligations under this Section 5.4 shall survive the termination, liquidation, winding up and dissolution of the Partnership for the applicable statute of limitations period and will survive any partial or complete transfer or redemption of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement, consistent with the terms of the Transaction Agreement and Section 7.1(a), without the prior written consent of Holdings (which consent may be withheld in Holdings’ sole discretion), in no event may the General Partner seek any indemnity from, reduce any distribution to, or otherwise seek to recoup value from Holdings, Holdings II, or GCM Grosvenor Management (or their equityholders or successors or assigns) pursuant to this Section 5.4 in connection with any Tax matter pertaining to the Partnership or its Subsidiaries for a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Effective Date.

 

16

 

 

§5.5. Limitations on Distribution. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership will not make a distribution to any Partner if such distribution would violate applicable law or the terms of any indebtedness of the Partnership.

 

§6. BOOKS AND RECORDS.

 

§6.1. Books, Records and Financial Statements.

 

(a) The General Partner shall cause to be maintained in the principal office of the Partnership a register setting forth the name and mailing address of each Partner and such other information as the General Partner desires (the “Register”). The Register shall from time to time be updated as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein. No update to the Register shall require an amendment to this Agreement.

 

(b) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to maintain, at its principal place of business, separate books of account for the Partnership that will show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the operation of the Partnership’s business in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Agreement.

 

§6.2. Accounting Methods. For financial reporting purposes and for purposes of determining Profits and Losses and other items required to be allocated pursuant to Section 4, the books and records of the Partnership will be kept on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Agreement. Such books and records and the entries therein will reflect all Partnership transactions and be appropriate for the Partnership’s business.

 

§6.3. Audit. The financial statements of the Partnership will be audited at the end of each Fiscal Year by the Partnership’s independent certified public accountant, with each such audit to be accompanied by a report of such accountant containing its opinion, addressed and provided to each of the Partners. The cost of such audits will be an expense of the Partnership. A copy of any such audited financial statements and accountant’s report, and any management letters from such accountants, will be provided to the Partners promptly upon receipt by the Partnership thereof. The General Partner may select and change the Partnership’s independent public accountants.

 

17

 

 

§7. TAX MATTERS.

 

§7.1. Tax Matters Partner.

 

(a) The General Partner is hereby initially designated as (i) “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for purposes of section 6231(a)(7) of the Code as in effect prior the amendments made by the BBA Act and (ii) the partnership representative pursuant to section 6223 of the Code, as amended by Public Law 114-74, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 and the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016 (the “BBA Act”), for federal income tax returns filed for Fiscal Years for which such legislation applies to the Partnership (in its capacity as “tax matters partner or “partnership representative,” the “Tax Matters Partner”). Each Partner, by execution of this Agreement (and subject to the terms of the Transaction Agreement), hereby consents to the appointment of the General Partner as tax matters partner and partnership representative as set forth herein and agrees to execute, certify, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record, at the appropriate public offices, such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such consent. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreement, the Tax Matters Partner shall have the power and authority to (A) manage and control, on behalf of the Partnership, any administrative proceeding at the Partnership level with the Internal Revenue Service relating to the determination of any item of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for federal income tax purposes and (B) make any election under sections 6221-6241 of the Code, as amended by the BBA Act. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement (and consistent with the terms of the Transaction Agreement), with respect to any tax audit, examination, proceeding, claimed deficiency or other similar matter relating to the Partnership or its Subsidiaries that pertains to taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Effective Date, if directed by Holdings, (1) the relevant entity shall (to the extent permissible under applicable Law) make or not make the election provided for under Section 1101(g)(4) of the BBA Act (or any similar election available under U.S. state or local law); and (2) with respect to any Tax liability arising out of such matter, the relevant entity shall not make the election provided for in Section 6226 of the Code with respect to such liability, and shall instead pay any “imputed underpayment” (or similar liability imposed under other provisions of applicable tax law) at the Partnership or other relevant entity-level. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement (including Section 5.4 and Section 7.1(c)), without the prior written consent of Holdings (which may be withheld in Holdings’ sole discretion), in no event will Holdings, Holdings II, or GCM Grosvenor Management (or their equityholders or successors or assigns) be required to amend any Tax Return in connection with the procedures described in Section 6225(c) of the Code, undertake any other alternative to payment by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries of any imputed underpayment as provided for in the immediately preceding sentence, or indemnify the Partnership or its Subsidiaries in respect of any liability described in the immediately preceding sentence (including via a reduction of distributions otherwise required to be made to such person). The terms of this Section 7.1(a) shall be solely for the benefit of Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management (and their equityholders or successors or assigns); no other (current or former) partner of the Partnership shall be any third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 7.1(a), and nothing herein shall limit any obligation of any such other partner with respect to Tax Amounts, Section 6225 Liabilities, or other liabilities for which any such partner may be responsible.

 

(b) The Tax Matters Partner will, within ten (10) days of the receipt of any notice from the Internal Revenue Service in any administrative proceeding at the Partnership level relating to the determination of any Partnership item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, mail a copy of such notice to each Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall not, (i) enter into a settlement agreement with the Internal Revenue Service that purports to bind Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management (or their equityholders or successors or assigns) without the written consent of Holdings (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), or (ii) enter into an agreement extending the period of limitations for assessing an income tax deficiency with respect to any Partnership items without the approval of Holdings (for so long as any of Holdings, Holdings II or GCM Grosvenor Management or their equityholders or successors or assigns could be affected by such action, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided, that with respect to tax matters pertaining to any taxable period beginning after the Sunset Date (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), the consent rights described in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) shall only apply with respect to tax matters that could reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate adverse impact on Holdings, Holdings II and/or GCM Grosvenor Management (or their equityholders or successors or assigns) as compared to other Partners.

 

18

 

 

(c) If, the Partnership (or any entity in which the Partnership owns a direct or indirect interest) is subject to any liabilities for taxes, interest, or penalties under section 6225 of the Code (as amended by the BBA) or any similar state or local income tax statute (“Section 6225 Liabilities”), then except as otherwise provided in Section 7.1(a) or the Transaction Agreement the Partner to whom such liabilities are attributable shall promptly pay such amount to the Partnership. For this purpose, if the Partnership is obligated to pay any portion of a Section 6225 Liability of any other entity treated as a partnership for income tax purposes in which the Partnership holds an equity interest under the governing documents of such entity or otherwise, the amount for which the Partnership is liable shall be treated as a Section 6225 Liability of the Partnership for purposes of this Section 7.1(c). If the amount of a Section 6225 Liability attributable to a Partner remains unpaid, the Partnership, subject to the terms of Section 7.1(a), shall reduce future distributions or payments to such Partner by the amount of such unpaid liability (and such withheld amounts shall be treated as distributions to such Partner hereunder). Each Partner acknowledges that, notwithstanding the Transfer of all or any portion of its Common Units, it may remain liable for tax liabilities with respect to its allocable share of income and gain of the Partnership for the Partnership’s taxable years (or portions thereof) prior to such Transfer or redemption, as applicable under Section 6225 of the Code (as amended by the BBA), subject to the terms of this Agreement (including Section 7.1(a)).

 

(d) It is intended that, for purposes of determining whether any Section 6225 Liability is attributable to a Partner under Section 7.1(c) of this Agreement, the Partners shall (subject to the terms of this Agreement, including Section 7.1(a)) bear the economic burdens of any such liability in the same manner (to the maximum extent possible) in which the burdens of such tax, interest and penalties would have been borne by the Partners (or their respective direct or indirect equity owners) had the Partnership been entitled to “elect out” (and actually elected out) of the amendments made by the BBA under section 6221(b) of the Code for the taxable year of the Partnership at issue, except to the extent that Section 6225 Liability is unable to take into account partner level attributes.

 

(e) The Partnership shall not be obligated to pay any fees or other compensation to the Tax Matters Partner in its capacity as such. However, the Partnership shall reimburse the Tax Matters Partner for any and all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys and other professional fees) incurred by it in its capacity as Tax Matters Partner.

 

(f) This Section 7.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

§7.2. Section 754 Election. The Partnership (and to the extent provided in the Tax Receivable Agreement, each Subsidiary of the Partnership that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) shall have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code for the taxable year in which the date of this Agreement occurs. Each Partner will, upon request of the Tax Matters Partner, supply the information necessary to give effect to any such election.

 

§7.3. Taxation as Partnership. The Partnership will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will be an accrual basis taxpayer.

 

§7.4. Other Tax Matters.

 

(a) The Parties intend that (i) payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are attributable to the Purchase (as such term is defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) be treated as additional consideration in respect of the transfer of the Option (as defined in the Option Agreement) and the interests in the Partnership acquired directly or indirectly from Holdings on the Closing Date except to the extent required to be treated as imputed interest under applicable law; (ii) that payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in respect of Redemptions or any Direct Exchanges be treated as additional consideration in respect of the transfer of the interests in the Partnership effectuated in connection with such Redemptions or Direct Exchanges except to the extent required to be treated as imputed interest under applicable law; and (iii) that the conversion of the Previous Interests into interests in the Partnership in connection with the transactions contemplated by Section 3.2 be treated as a non-taxable recapitalization of the equity interests in the Partnership. The Parties will, and will cause all of their Affiliates to, file all tax returns consistent with the foregoing.

 

19

 

 

(b) The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and filing of all tax returns required to be filed by the Partnership. After the Sunset Date (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), on or before April 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each Fiscal Year (or, if the due dates for estimated tax payments applicable to the Partners or their equityholders are modified after the date of this Agreement, on or before such modified due dates), the Partnership shall send to each Person who was a Partner at any time during the prior quarter, an estimate of information that each such Partner reasonably requires in connection with discharging its tax reporting and estimated tax payment obligations.  In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of a Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall provide to each Partner a statement showing an estimate of such Partner’s state tax apportionment information and such Partner’s estimated allocations of taxable income, gains, losses, deductions and credits for such Fiscal Year and, as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of the prior Fiscal Year, the Company shall send to each Partner a statement showing such Partner’s final state tax apportionment information and allocations to the Partners of taxable income, gains, losses, deductions and credits for such Fiscal Year and a completed IRS Schedule K-1 (and, if applicable, completed Schedules K-2 and K-3).

 

(c) For so long as Holdings remains a Partner, at least twenty (20) days prior to the filing of the U.S. federal income tax return for the Partnership, the Partnership shall provide to Holdings a draft copy of such tax return (including Schedules K-1 and, if applicable, Schedules K-2 and K-3) for Holdings’ review and approval.

 

§8. LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

 

§8.1. Exculpation.

 

(a) A “Covered Person” shall mean any Partner, any Affiliate of a Partner, any partner, shareholder, member, director, officer, agent, or employee of any Partner or of any Affiliate of any Partner, any director, officer, agent, or employee of the Partnership or of any of its Subsidiaries, and any Person who, at the request of the Partnership serves in any capacity on behalf of another entity, including, without limitation, any director, officer or employee of CF Intermediate or the Corporation. No Covered Person will be liable to the Partnership or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Partnership and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person will be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or knowing violation of the law or of this Agreement.

 

(b) A Covered Person will be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Partnership (or such other entity which he or she serves) and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Partnership (or such other entity which he or she serves) by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who in the reasonable belief of such Covered Person has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Partnership (or such other entity which he or she serves), including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Partners might properly be paid.

 

20

 

 

§8.2. Indemnification by the Partnership.

 

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, in addition to any indemnification obligations of the Corporation and CF Intermediate, the Partnership shall indemnify any Covered Person to the extent and in the manner specified in this Section 8.2.

 

(b) A Covered Person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of alleged acts or omissions in his capacity as a Covered Person (a “Covered Proceeding”), other than a Covered Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Partnership or the Partners generally, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts which the Covered Person may actually and reasonably incur in connection with or by reason of such Covered Proceeding, by reason of any acts, omissions, or alleged acts or omissions committed directly or indirectly on behalf of the Partnership (whether or not the Covered Person is still acting in such capacity at the commencement of or during such Covered Proceeding), except to the extent that such act or omission was done fraudulently or in bad faith or as a result of willful and wanton misconduct or gross negligence or except to the extent that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such Person had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Covered Proceeding by judgment, order, conviction, plea, settlement, or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that the act or omission was done fraudulently or in bad faith or as a result of wanton or willful misconduct or, with respect to any criminal Covered Proceeding, that the Person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(c) A Covered Person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of alleged acts or omissions in his capacity as a Covered Person, to any Covered Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Partnership or of the Partners generally to procure a judgment in its or their favor, shall be indemnified and held harmless as set forth in subsection (b) to the extent that such Covered Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Covered Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership. If the Covered Person shall have been adjudicated by final and nonappealable order in such Covered Proceeding to be liable to the Partnership or to the Partners generally, then the indemnification provided for in the preceding sentence shall apply only to the extent that the tribunal having jurisdiction over such Covered Proceeding shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Covered Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification.

 

(d) The Partnership shall pay, (i) from the inception of a Covered Proceeding and for its entire duration, all costs and expenses of the Covered Person with respect to such Covered Proceeding as they become due, including without limitation reasonable legal fees and expenses, and (ii) in connection with the termination of a Covered Proceeding (whether or not appellate or other review proceedings are taken or contemplated), all judgments, fines, settlement payments, and other amounts incurred by the Covered Person, provided that in each case described in clause (i) or (ii), the Covered Person shall have delivered to the Partnership a written undertaking to repay all such amounts to the Partnership to the extent it is determined, as provided in subsection (b) or (c), that the Covered Person is not entitled to indemnification with respect to part or all of the amounts paid.

 

(e) The Partnership shall be entitled to control the defense of any Covered Person in a Covered Proceeding as well as any settlement with respect to such Covered Person, including without limitation the selection and direction of counsel. The Covered Person shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or other dispositive order or to any settlement without the consent of the Partnership. The Partnership and counsel selected by it shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or other dispositive order as to the Covered Person which does not provide for a complete and unconditional release of all liability in favor of the Covered Person.

 

21

 

 

(f) The obligations of the Partnership under this Section 8.2 shall be enforceable solely against the assets of the Partnership, and not against the assets of any Partner, of any member of the General Partner, or of any officer, director, agent, or employee of the Partnership or the General Partner. The provisions of this Section 8.2 are solely for the benefit of the Covered Person and his, her, or its heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

(g) The rights and remedies granted a Covered Person by this Section 8.2 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, (i) any and all rights and remedies available to a Covered Person against the Partnership or any other Person, whether conferred by any provision of law, by any agreement, bylaw, articles of incorporation, or other document, or by any resolution or other action, and (ii) any and all rights and claims available to a Covered Person under any policy of insurance. Amounts payable under this Section 8.2 shall not be reduced or deferred by reason of any such other rights, remedies, or claims which may be available to a Covered Person, provided however, that a Covered Person shall have only one satisfaction with respect to amounts incurred, and provided further, that the Partnership shall be subrogated to a Covered Person’s claims against other Persons and under any policy of insurance, to the extent of payments made by the Partnership to such Covered Person under this Section 8.2. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Person other than Holdings and Michael J. Sacks shall be entitled to any rights under this Section 8.2 without the prior written consent of the General Partner.

 

§8.3. Insurance. The Partnership may purchase and maintain such insurance with such coverages on behalf of Covered Persons and such other Persons as the General Partner may determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such Person in connection with the activities of the Partnership (or such other entity which he or she serves), regardless of whether the Partnership (or such entity) would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner and the Partnership may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons or other parties and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under Section 8.2(b) above and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate, provided that such contracts and procedures shall not be in derogation of the protections provided by this Section 8. No Covered Person shall be permitted to make a claim under any insurance coverage purchased and maintained by the Partnership without the prior written consent of the General Partner. For the avoidance of doubt, any costs or liabilities under any indemnity contract entered into by the Corporation or CF Intermediate with a Covered Person shall be paid by the Partnership.

 

§9. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

 

§9.1. Transfers by the General Partner. The General Partner may not Transfer all or any part of its Partnership Interest without the consent of the Limited Partners holding at least a majority of the aggregate Common Units then-outstanding.

 

§9.2. Transfers by the Limited Partners.

 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 9.2(b) or Section 9.5, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Limited Partner may Transfer all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Common Units without the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion. Unless a Transferee is admitted as a substitute Limited Partner in accordance with Section 9.3(b), a Transfer by a Limited Partner of all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Common Units shall not release such Limited Partner from any of such Limited Partner’s obligations or liabilities hereunder or limit the General Partner’s rights with respect to such Limited Partner of any nature whatsoever arising under this Agreement; provided, that any such Transferee shall be entitled to allocations and distributions with respect to its Common Units but shall not have any of the other rights of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.

 

22

 

 

(b) The restrictions contained in Section 9.2(a) shall not apply to any of the following (each, a “Permitted Transfer” and each transferee, a “Permitted Transferee”): (i)(A) a Transfer pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange in accordance with Section 10 or (B) a Transfer by a Limited Partner to another Limited Partner, the Limited Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a Transfer to an Affiliate of, or owner of an equity interest in, a Limited Partner (including any distribution by such Limited Partner to its members, partners or shareholders or any redemption of the equity interests in such Limited Partner held by one or more of its members, partners or shareholders, and any related distributions or redemptions by such members, partners or shareholders to their respective members, partners or shareholders) or (iii) any Transfer of equity or other interests in such Limited Partner (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Transfers of equity or other interests in the Corporation) so long as such Transfer is consistent with the terms of any agreement with the Corporation and/or the Partnership; provided, however, that (x) the restrictions contained in this Agreement will continue to apply to the transferred Partnership Interests after any Permitted Transfer of such Partnership Interests, and (y) in the case of the foregoing clause (ii), prior to such Transfer the transferor will deliver a written notice to the General Partner, which notice will disclose in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed Permitted Transferee; provided, further, that, with respect to the foregoing clauses (i)(B), (ii) and (iii), no such Transfer shall be a Permitted Transfer if it would result in the managing member of Holdings, directly or indirectly, owning, holding or otherwise having Control over a number of Common Units that is less than the Minimum Controlled Units.

 

§9.3. Certain Provisions Applicable to Transfers. Any Person who acquires Common Units in accordance with this Agreement (“Transferee”) shall be admitted as a Limited Partner upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i) the Transferee agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to it;

 

(ii) the Transferor and Transferee execute and acknowledge such other instruments, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, as the General Partner may deem necessary or desirable to effect such substitution; and

 

(iii) such Transfer does not (A) cause the Partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership”, as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) or 7704 of the Code, or (B) cause the Partnership to become subject to regulation or inspection under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

 

(b) For purposes of this Section 9, a transaction shall be deemed to be a Transfer, irrespective of its form, if it has economic effect which is substantially equivalent to that of a Transfer under the relevant circumstances.

 

§9.4. Pledges. With the prior written consent of the General Partner, a holder of Common Units may pledge or grant a security interest in such Common Units subject to the following conditions:

 

(a) such pledge or grant of security interest shall be made in connection with a bona fide extension of credit by a Person (the “Lender”) who in the ordinary course of such Person’s business engages in such extensions of credit; and

 

23

 

 

(b) prior to completing such pledge or grant of security interest, such holder shall deliver to the General Partner an undertaking or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the General Partner (and for the benefit of each holder of Common Units) in which the Lender acknowledges and agrees that the exercise by the Lender of remedies involving Transfer of ownership of such shares or of rights appurtenant thereto will be a Transfer subject to all the terms of conditions of this Agreement.

 

§9.5. Certain Transactions with respect to the Corporation.

 

(a) In connection with a Change of Control Transaction prior to the Sunset Date, each Limited Partner (other than CF Intermediate) shall, and the General Partner shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require each Limited Partner (other than CF Intermediate) to, effect a Redemption of all or a portion of such Limited Partner’s Common Units, pursuant to which such Common Units will be exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock (or economically equivalent cash or securities of a successor entity), mutatis mutandis, in accordance with the Redemption provisions of Section 10 (applied for this purpose as if the Corporation had delivered an Election Notice that specified a Share Settlement with respect to such Redemption) and otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.5(a). Any such Redemption pursuant to this Section 9.5(a) shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Change of Control Transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be contingent upon the consummation of such Change of Control Transaction and shall not be effective if such Change of Control Transaction is not consummated) (the date of such Redemption pursuant to this Section 9.5(a), the “Change of Control Date”). From and after the Change of Control Date, (i) the Common Units subject to such Redemption shall be deemed to be transferred to CF Intermediate on the Change of Control Date and (ii) each such Limited Partner shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Common Units subject to such Redemption (other than the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or economically equivalent cash or equity securities in a successor entity) pursuant to such Redemption). In the event of an expected Change of Control Transaction, the General Partner shall provide written notice of an expected Change of Control Transaction to all Limited Partners within the earlier of (x) five (5) business days following the execution of an agreement with respect to such Change of Control Transaction and (y) ten (10) business days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated Change of Control Transaction is to be effected, including in such notice such information as may reasonably describe the Change of Control Transaction, subject to applicable law or regulation, including the date of execution of such agreement or such proposed effective date, as applicable, the amount and types of consideration to be paid for shares of Class A Common Stock in the Change of Control Transaction and any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with a Change of Control Transaction (which election shall be available to each Limited Partner on the same terms as holders of shares of Class A Common Stock). Following delivery of such notice and on or prior to the Change of Control Date, the Limited Partners shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Corporation to effect such Redemption, including taking any action and delivering any document required pursuant to this Section 9.5(a) to effect such Redemption.

 

24

 

 

(b) In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid, recapitalization, or similar transaction with respect to Class A Common Stock (a “Pubco Offer”) is proposed by the Corporation or is proposed to the Corporation or its stockholders and approved by the Board or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the Board, the General Partner shall provide written notice of the Pubco Offer to all Limited Partners within the earlier of (i) five (5) business days following the execution of an agreement (if applicable) with respect to, or the commencement of (if applicable), such Pubco Offer and (ii) ten (10) business days before the proposed date upon which the Pubco Offer is to be effected, including in such notice such information as may reasonably describe the Pubco Offer, subject to applicable law or regulation, including the date of execution of such agreement (if applicable) or of such commencement (if applicable), the material terms of such Pubco Offer, including the amount and types of consideration to be received by holders of shares of Class A Common Stock in the Pubco Offer, any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with such Pubco Offer, and the number of Common Units held by such Limited Partner that is applicable to such Pubco Offer. The Limited Partners shall be permitted to participate in such Pubco Offer by delivering a written notice of participation that is effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Pubco Offer (and that is contingent upon consummation of such offer), and shall include such information necessary for consummation of such offer as requested by the Corporation. In the case of any Pubco Offer that was initially proposed by the Corporation, the Corporation shall use reasonable best efforts to enable and permit the Limited Partners to participate in such transaction to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock, and to enable such Limited Partners to participate in such transaction without being required to exchange Common Units prior to the consummation of such transaction.

 

(c) In the event that a transaction or proposed transaction constitutes both a Change of Control Transaction and a Pubco Offer, the provisions of Section 9.5(a) shall take precedence over the provisions of Section 9.5(b) with respect to such transaction, and the provisions of Section 9.5(b) shall be subordinate to provisions of Section 9.5(a), and may only be triggered if the General Partner elects to waive the provisions of Section 9.5(a).

 

§10. REDEMPTION AND DIRECT EXCHANGE RIGHTS.

 

§10.1. Redemption Right of a Partner.

 

(a) Each Limited Partner (other than the Corporation and its Subsidiaries) shall be entitled to cause the Partnership to redeem (a “Redemption”) its Common Units in whole or in part (the “Redemption Right”) at any time and from time to time following the waiver or expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement), relating to the shares of the Corporation that may be applicable to such Partner. A Limited Partner desiring to exercise its Redemption Right (each, a “Redeeming Limited Partner”) shall exercise such right by giving written notice (the “Redemption Notice”) to the Partnership with a copy to the Corporation. The Redemption Notice shall specify the number of Common Units (the “Redeemed Units”) that the Redeeming Limited Partner intends to have the Partnership redeem and a date, not less than three (3) business days nor more than ten (10) business days after delivery of such Redemption Notice (unless and to the extent that the General Partner in its sole discretion agrees in writing to waive such time periods), on which exercise of the Redemption Right shall be completed (the “Redemption Date”); provided, that the Partnership, the Corporation and the Redeeming Limited Partner may change the number of Redeemed Units and/or the Redemption Date specified in such Redemption Notice to another number and/or date by mutual agreement signed in writing by each of them; provided, further, that in the event the Corporation elects a Share Settlement, the Redemption may be conditioned (including as to timing) by the Redeeming Limited Partner on the closing of an underwritten distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued in connection with such proposed Redemption. Subject to Section 10.3 and unless the Redeeming Limited Partner has revoked or delayed a Redemption as provided in Section 10.1(d), on the Redemption Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date):

 

(i) the Redeeming Limited Partner shall Transfer and surrender, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances the Redeemed Units to the Partnership (including any certificates representing the Redeemed Units if they are certificated); and

 

(ii) the Partnership shall (x) cancel the Redeemed Units, (y) transfer to the Redeeming Limited Partner the consideration to which the Redeeming Limited Partner is entitled under Section 10.1(b), and (z) if the Units are certificated, issue to the Redeeming Limited Partner a certificate for a number of Common Units equal to the difference (if any) between the number of Common Units evidenced by the certificate surrendered by the Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 10.1(a) and the Redeemed Units.

 

25

 

 

(b) The Corporation shall have the option as provided in Section 10.2 to elect to have the Redeemed Units be redeemed in consideration for either a Share Settlement or a Cash Settlement. The Corporation shall give written notice (the “Election Notice”) to the Partnership (with a copy to the Redeeming Limited Partner) of such election within three (3) Business Days of receiving the Redemption Notice; provided, that if the Corporation does not timely deliver an Election Notice, the Corporation shall be deemed to have elected the Share Settlement method (subject to the limitations set forth above). The Corporation may only elect a Cash Settlement if such Cash Settlement is limited to the net proceeds from any issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock issued for the purpose of satisfying such Cash Settlement.

 

(c) [RESERVED]

 

(d) In the event the Corporation elects a Share Settlement in connection with a Redemption, a Redeeming Limited Partner shall be entitled to revoke its Redemption Notice or delay the consummation of a Redemption if any of the following conditions exists:

 

(i) any registration statement pursuant to which the resale of the Class A Common Stock to be registered for such Redeeming Limited Partner at or immediately following the consummation of the Redemption shall have ceased to be effective pursuant to any action or inaction by the SEC or no such resale registration statement has yet become effective;

 

(ii) the Corporation shall have failed to cause any related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement necessary to effect such Redemption;

 

(iii) the Corporation shall have exercised its right to defer, delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement and such deferral, delay or suspension shall affect the ability of such Redeeming Limited Partner to have its Class A Common Stock registered at or immediately following the consummation of the Redemption;

 

(iv) the Redeeming Limited Partner is in possession of any material non-public information concerning the Corporation, the receipt of which results in such Redeeming Limited Partner being prohibited or restricted from selling Class A Common Stock at or immediately following the Redemption without disclosure of such information (and the Corporation does not permit disclosure of such information);

 

(v) any stop order relating to the registration statement pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock was to be registered by such Redeeming Limited Partner at or immediately following the Redemption shall have been issued by the SEC;

 

(vi) there shall have occurred a material disruption in the securities markets generally or in the market or markets in which the Class A Common Stock is then traded;

 

(vii) there shall be in effect an injunction, a restraining order or a decree of any nature of any Governmental Entity that restrains or prohibits the Redemption;

 

(viii) the Corporation shall have failed to comply in all material respects with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, and such failure shall have affected the ability of such Redeeming Limited Partner to consummate the resale of Class A Common Stock to be received upon such Redemption pursuant to an effective registration statement; or

 

(ix) the Redemption Date would occur three (3) Business Days or less prior to, or during, a Black-Out Period;

 

26

 

 

If a Redeeming Limited Partner delays the consummation of a Redemption pursuant to this Section 10.1(d), the Redemption Date shall occur on the fifth (5th) business day following the date on which the condition(s) giving rise to such delay cease to exist (or such earlier day as the Corporation, the Partnership and such Redeeming Limited Partner may agree in writing).

 

(e) Without limiting the terms of this Agreement related to Tax Advances, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock (or Redeemed Units Equivalent, if applicable) (together with any Corresponding Rights) applicable to any Share Settlement or Cash Settlement shall not be adjusted on account of any distributions previously made with respect to the Redeemed Units or dividends previously paid with respect to Class A Common Stock; provided, however, that if a Redeeming Limited Partner causes the Partnership to redeem Redeemed Units and the Redemption Date occurs subsequent to the record date for any distribution with respect to the Redeemed Units but prior to payment of such distribution, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive such distribution with respect to the Redeemed Units on the date that it is made notwithstanding that the Redeeming Limited Partner Transferred and surrendered the Redeemed Units to the Partnership prior to such date; provided, further, however, that a Redeeming Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive any and all distributions pursuant to Section 5.3 that such Redeeming Limited Partner otherwise would have received in respect of income allocated to such Limited Partner for the portion of any tax year irrespective of whether such distribution(s) are declared or made after the Redemption Date.

 

(f) In the case of a Share Settlement, in the event a reclassification or other similar transaction occurs following delivery of a Redemption Notice, but prior to the Redemption Date, as a result of which shares of Class A Common Stock are converted into another security, then a Redeeming Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive the amount of such other security (and, if applicable, any Corresponding Rights) that the Redeeming Limited Partner would have received if such Redemption Right had been exercised and the Redemption Date had occurred immediately prior to the record date of such reclassification or other similar transaction.

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither the Partnership nor the Corporation shall be obligated to effectuate a Redemption if such Redemption could (as determined in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner) cause the Partnership to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” or to be taxed as a corporation pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code or successor provisions of the Code.

 

§10.2. Election and Contribution of the Corporation. Unless the Redeeming Limited Partner has timely revoked or delayed a Redemption as provided in Sections 10.1(d), subject to Section 10.3, on the Redemption Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date) (i) the Corporation shall make a capital contribution to CF Intermediate and CF Intermediate shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership (in the form of the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as determined by the Corporation in accordance with Section 10.1(b)), and (ii) in the event of a Share Settlement, the Partnership shall issue to CF Intermediate a number of Common Units equal to the number of Redeemed Units surrendered by the Redeeming Limited Partner. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 10.3, in the event that the Corporation elects a Cash Settlement, the Corporation shall only be obligated to contribute to CF Intermediate, and CF Intermediate shall only be obligated to contribute to the Partnership, an amount in respect of such Cash Settlement equal to the Redeemed Units Equivalent with respect to such Cash Settlement, which in no event shall exceed the amount actually paid by the Partnership to the Redeeming Limited Partner as the Cash Settlement.

 

27

 

 

§10.3. Direct Exchange Right of the Corporation.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10 (save for the limitations set forth in Section 10.1(b) regarding the Corporation’s option to select the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, and without limitation to the rights of the Limited Partners under Section 10.1, including the right to revoke a Redemption Notice), the Corporation may, in its sole and absolute discretion (subject to the limitations set forth on such discretion in Section 10.1(b)), elect to effect on the Redemption Date the exchange of Redeemed Units for the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as the case may be, through a direct exchange of such Redeemed Units and the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as applicable, between the Redeeming Limited Partner, on the one hand, and the Corporation and CF Intermediate, on the other hand (a “Direct Exchange”) (rather than contributing the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as the case may be, to CF Intermediate, followed by a contribution by CF Intermediate to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.2 for purposes of the Partnership redeeming the Redeemed Units from the Redeeming Limited Partner in consideration of the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as applicable). Upon such Direct Exchange pursuant to this Section 10.3, CF Intermediate shall acquire the Redeemed Units and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Units.

 

(b) The Corporation may, at any time prior to a Redemption Date (including after delivery of an Election Notice pursuant to Section 10.1(b)), deliver written notice (an “Exchange Election Notice”) to the Partnership and the Redeeming Limited Partner setting forth its election to exercise its right to consummate a Direct Exchange; provided, that such election is subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.1(b) and does not unreasonably prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate a Redemption or Direct Exchange on the Redemption Date. An Exchange Election Notice may be revoked by the Corporation at any time; provided, that any such revocation does not unreasonably prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate a Redemption or Direct Exchange on the Redemption Date. The right to consummate a Direct Exchange in all events shall be exercisable for all of the Redeemed Units that would have otherwise been subject to a Redemption.

 

(c) Except as otherwise provided by this Section 10.3, a Direct Exchange shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe as the relevant Redemption would have been consummated if the Corporation had not delivered an Exchange Election Notice and as follows:

 

(i) the Redeeming Limited Partner shall transfer and surrender, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, the Redeemed Units to CF Intermediate;

 

(ii) the Corporation shall cause CF Intermediate to pay to the Redeeming Limited Partner the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as applicable; and

 

(iii) the Partnership shall (x) register CF Intermediate as the owner of the Redeemed Units and (y) if the Units are certificated, issue to the Redeeming Limited Partner a certificate for a number of Common Units equal to the difference (if any) between the number of Common Units evidenced by the certificate surrendered by the Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.3(c)(i) and the Redeemed Units, and issue to CF Intermediate a certificate for the number of Redeemed Units.

 

§10.4. Reservation of shares of Class A Common Stock; Listing; Certificate of Incorporation. At all times the Corporation shall reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon a Share Settlement in connection with a Redemption or Direct Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be issuable upon any such Share Settlement pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Share Settlement pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange by delivery of purchased Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation) or by way of Cash Settlement. the Corporation shall deliver Class A Common Stock that has been registered under the Securities Act with respect to any Share Settlement pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange to the extent a registration statement is effective and available with respect to such shares. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon any such Share Settlement pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange upon which the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock are listed at the time of such Share Settlement pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange (it being understood that any such shares may be subject to transfer restrictions under applicable securities Laws). The Corporation covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection with a Share Settlement pursuant to a Redemption or Direct Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The provisions of this Section 10 shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with any corresponding provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation (if any).

 

28

 

 

§10.5. Effect of Exercise of Redemption or Direct Exchange. This Agreement shall continue notwithstanding the consummation of a Redemption or Direct Exchange by a Limited Partner and all rights set forth herein shall continue in effect with respect to the remaining Limited Partners and, to the extent the Redeeming Limited Partner has any remaining Common Units following such Redemption or Direct Exchange, the Redeeming Limited Partner. No Redemption or Direct Exchange shall relieve a Redeeming Limited Partner of any prior breach of this Agreement by such Redeeming Limited Partner.

 

§10.6. Tax Treatment. Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that a Redemption or a Direct Exchange, as the case may be, shall be treated as a direct exchange between the Corporation (through its disregarded entity Subsidiary, CF Intermediate) and the Redeeming Limited Partner for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes.

 

§11. DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION.

 

§11.1. Dissolution. The Partnership will be dissolved and its affairs will be wound up upon the occurrence of the first of any of the following events:

 

(a) the written agreement of 80% of the Partners; or

 

(b) dissolution required by operation of law.

 

§11.2. Notice of Dissolution. Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner will promptly notify each of the Partners of such dissolution.

 

§11.3. Liquidation. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner, as liquidating trustee, will immediately commence to wind up the Partnership’s affairs; provided, however, that a reasonable time will be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the satisfaction of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Partners to minimize the normal losses attendant upon a liquidation. The Partners will continue to share Profits and Losses and other items required to be allocated under Section 4, in the same manner as before the dissolution of the Partnership. The proceeds of liquidation will be applied (i) first, to the payment of amounts owed to creditors, (ii) then to the establishment of such reserves for contingent liabilities and costs of liquidation as the General Partner may reasonably determine, and (iii) then to distributions to the Partners in accordance with Section 5.1.

 

§11.4. Termination. The Partnership will terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership have been distributed in the manner provided for in Section 11.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 2.5, Section 4, Section 7, Section 8, this Section 11 and Section 12 will survive termination of the Partnership and this Agreement in accordance with their terms.

 

29

 

 

§11.5. Claims of the Partners. Partners and former Partners will look solely to the Partnership’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Partnership remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Partners and former Partners will have no recourse against the Partnership or any other Partner.

 

§12. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

§12.1. Notices. All notices provided for in this Agreement will be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, addressed as follows:

 

(a) If given to the Partnership, to the General Partner at the address for such Partner set forth on Exhibit A; and

 

(b) If given to any Limited Partner or any of such Partner’s members or shareholders, at its address set forth on Exhibit A.

 

(c) All notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be given by overnight first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by commercial overnight courier service or by electronic mail (with a subject indicating that it is a notice pursuant to this Agreement, provided that a copy of such notice is sent the same day to the recipient by a nationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid) and provided, further, that receipt is confirmed promptly thereafter). Any such notice will be deemed to have been duly given or made and to have become legally effective, in each case, only at the time of receipt thereof by both the primary Person to whom it is directed and each Person to whom a copy is required to be sent in accordance with Exhibit A. Any provision in this Agreement referring to the “giving” of a notice (as opposed to “delivery” or some other such term) shall be construed in accordance with the preceding sentence.

 

§12.2. Failure to Pursue Remedies. The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any provision of this Agreement will not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation from having the effect of an original violation.

 

§12.3. Cumulative Remedies. The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party will not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or otherwise.

 

§12.4. Binding Effect. Subject to other applicable provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, heirs, legal representatives and assigns. Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to a Partner, such provision shall be deemed to refer also to any Transferee of a Partnership Interest of such Partner, subject to other applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

§12.5. Interpretation. All references to “this Agreement” include the exhibits, schedules, and appendixes hereto. Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs will be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever will be applicable. All references herein to Sections, subsections, paragraphs or clauses, or to exhibits, schedules or appendixes, will refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement. Use of the word “including” shall mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise stated.

 

30

 

 

§12.6. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement will not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement will be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

§12.7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the parties hereto had signed the same document. All counterparts will be construed together and will constitute one instrument.

 

§12.8. Integration. This Agreement and all Exhibits and Appendices hereto, together with all other agreements that will become effective on the Effective Date, constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements and understanding pertaining hereto.

 

§12.9. Amendments. Subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the General Partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any other Partner or other Person.

 

§12.10. Headings. The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

§12.11. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights and remedies will be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

§12.12. Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims asserted in such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in any such court. Each party further irrevocably waives any objection which such party may now or hereafter have to the venue of the state or federal court in the State of Delaware having jurisdiction, and irrevocably agrees not to assert that such court is an inconvenient forum.

 

§12.13. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

31

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above stated.

 

  GENERAL PARTNER:
   
  CF FINANCE INTERMEDIATE ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: CF Finance Acquisition Corp., its sole Member
   
  By: /s/ Paul Pion
    Name: Paul Pion
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  LIMITED PARTNERS:
   
  CF FINANCE INTERMEDIATE ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: CF Finance Acquisition Corp., its sole Member
   
  By: /s/ Paul Pion
    Name: Paul Pion
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

  GROSVENOR HOLDINGS, L.L.C., an Illinois
  limited liability company
   
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
   
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
   
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
   
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks
   
  GROSVENOR HOLDINGS II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
   
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
   
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
   
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
   
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks

 

 

 

 

  GCM GROSVENOR MANAGEMENT, LLC a
Delaware limited liability company
   
  By: Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C., its Managing Member
   
  By: MJS, LLC, its Managing Member
   
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Manager
   
  By: Michael J. Sacks, its Managing Member
   
  /s/ Michael J. Sacks
  Michael J. Sacks
   
  THE CORPORATION:
   
  GCM GROSVENOR INC., a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Michael J. Sacks
    Name: Michael J. Sacks
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Appendix I

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

Act” means the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act of the State of Delaware, 6 Del. C. §§ 17-101, et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means with respect to the Capital Account of any Partner as of the end of any Fiscal Year, the amount by which the balance in such Capital Account is less than zero. For this purpose, such Partner’s Capital Account balance shall be:

 

(a) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6); and

 

(b) increased for any amount such Partner is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to minimum gain).

 

Affiliate” means with respect to a specified Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and is not limited, for instance, to the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of a corporate Person.

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Assumed Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Partner at any Tax Advance Date, an amount equal to the amount of federal, state and local income taxes (including any applicable estimated taxes) for the taxable period for which payments are due on such Tax Advance Date, determined taking into account the character of income and loss allocated as it affects the Assumed Tax Rate, that the General Partner estimates would be due from such Partner as of the relevant Tax Advance Date, (i) assuming such Partner were an individual who earned solely the items of income, gain, deduction, loss, and/or credit allocated to such Partner under this Agreement, (ii) ignoring the effects of Section 734 or 743 of the Code, (iii) after taking proper account of loss carryforwards available to individual taxpayers resulting from losses allocated to the Partners by the Partnership, to the extent not taken into account in prior periods, (iv) assuming that such Partner is subject to tax at the Assumed Tax Rate and (v) taking into account any audit or similar adjustments imposed after the Effective Date with respect to tax items of the Partnership (including in respect of taxable periods ending prior to the Effective Date). The General Partner shall determine the Assumed Tax Liability for each Partner reasonably and in good faith. The determination of the Assumed Tax Liability (including the Assumed Tax Rate to be utilized in such calculation) for each of Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management, (i) shall be subject to the approval of Holdings (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and (ii) may, at the direction of Holdings, be reduced to the extent directed by Holdings (in its sole discretion).

 

Assumed Tax Rate” means, for any taxable year, the sum of the highest marginal rate of federal, state, and local income tax applicable to any direct, or in the case of ownership through an entity classified as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, indirect owner of a Partner (other than CF Intermediate) (including any tax rate imposed under Section 1411 of the Code) determined by applying the rates applicable to ordinary income (in cases where taxes are being determined on ordinary income allocated to a Partner) and capital gains (in cases where taxes are being determined on capital gains allocated to a Partner), and including any deduction of state and local income taxes in computing a Partner’s liability for federal income tax.

 

I-1

 

 

BBA Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

 

Black-Out Period” means any “black-out” or similar period under the Corporation’s policies covering trading in the Corporation’s securities to which the applicable Redeeming Limited Partner is subject (or will be subject at such time as it owns Class A Common Stock), which period restricts the ability of such Redeeming Limited Partner to immediately resell shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered to such Redeeming Limited Partner in connection with a Share Settlement.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Book Value” means, with respect to any Partnership property, the Partnership’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g).

 

Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, the account maintained for such Partner in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4.

 

Capital Contribution” means a contribution of money or other property by a Partner to the Partnership.

 

Cash Settlement” means immediately available funds in U.S. dollars in an amount equal to the Redeemed Units Equivalent.

 

Certificate” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

CF Intermediate” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and excluding the Permitted Holders) becomes the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, preferred stock and/or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation (if any) representing in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote;

 

(2) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets (including a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership); or

 

(3) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent, or are not converted into, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof.

 

I-2

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, preferred stock and/or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Change of Control Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a).

 

Change of Control Transaction” means any Change of Control that was approved by the Board prior to such Change of Control.

 

Class A Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

 

Class B-1 Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Class B-2 Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Class C Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Class C Common Stock” means the Class C Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any corresponding federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Agreement. A reference to a specific section of the Code refers not only to such specific section but also to any corresponding provision of any federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Agreement, as such specific section or corresponding provision is in effect on the date of application of the provisions of this Agreement containing such reference.

 

Common Unit” means a unit of Partnership Interest which entitles the holder thereof to the distributions, allocations, and other rights that are accorded holders of Common Units under this Agreement.

 

Common Unit Redemption Price” means, with respect to any Redemption, the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock (or any class of stock into which it has been converted) on the Stock Exchange, or any other exchange or automated or electronic quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock trades, as reported by Bloomberg, L.P., or its successor, for each of the five (5) consecutive full trading days ending on and including the last full trading day immediately prior to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to appropriate and equitable adjustment for any stock splits, reverse splits, stock dividends or similar events affecting the Class A Common Stock. If the Class A Common Stock no longer trades on the Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system as of any particular Redemption Date, then the Corporation (through a majority of its independent directors (within the meaning of the rules of the Stock Exchange)) shall determine the Common Unit Redemption Price in good faith.

 

I-3

 

 

Control” of a Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

 

Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Corresponding Rights” means any rights issued with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock pursuant to a “poison pill” or similar stockholder rights plan approved by the Board.

 

Covered Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a).

 

Covered Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

 

Direct Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a).

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(b).

 

Equity Plan” means any stock or equity purchase plan, restricted stock or equity plan or other similar equity compensation plan now or hereafter adopted by the Corporation.

 

Equity Securities” means, with regard to any Person, as applicable, (a) any capital stock, voting, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership or equity interests, or other share capital of such Person, (b) any debt or equity securities of such Person, directly or indirectly, convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership or equity interests, or other share capital (whether voting or non-voting, whether preferred, common or otherwise) of such Person or containing any profit participation features with respect to such Person, (c) any rights or options directly or indirectly to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership or equity interests, other share capital of such Person or securities containing any profit participation features with respect to such Person or directly or indirectly to subscribe for or to purchase any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or other ownership interests, other share capital of such Person or securities containing any profit participation features with respect to such Person, (d) any share, unit or Partnership Interest appreciation rights, phantom share rights, contingent interest or other similar rights relating to such Person, or (e) any Equity Securities of such Person issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above in connection with a combination of shares, units or Partnership Interests or recapitalization, exchange, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

 

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.

 

Exchange Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(b).

 

Fiscal Year” means (i) any twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 or (ii) any portion of the period described in clause (i) of this sentence for which the Partnership is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 4, subject in either case for tax matters, Section 706 of the Code.

 

I-4

 

 

GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, in effect as of the date of determination thereof.

 

GCM Grosvenor Management” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

General Partner” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Grosvenor Fund” means an investment fund or investment account, regardless of legal or juridical structure or form, for which the Partnership or any Subsidiary serves as sponsor, general partner, manager, managing member, investment manager, investment adviser, sub-adviser, or in such other similar capacity however described.

 

H&F” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Holdings II” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(a).

 

Limited Partner(s)” means, as of any date, any or all of the Persons who have been admitted as, and continue to be, limited partners of the Partnership as of such date.

 

Minimum Controlled Units” means a number of Common Units equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Common Units held by Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management that would be subject to the Lock-up under the Stockholders’ Agreement (but, for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to Section 8(c) of the Stockholders’ Agreement) (assuming, for purposes of this definition, that Section 8 and Section 15 (with respect to the application to Lock-up Shares) of the Stockholders’ Agreement applied to the Common Units held by Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management mutatis mutandis).

 

Minimum Gain” means “partnership minimum gain” determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

 

New Issue Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

 

Option Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Optionee” means a Person to whom a Stock Option is granted under any Stock Option Plan.

 

Partner(s)” means as of any particular time any Person who is at such time a General Partner or a Limited Partner. Any reference to a particular Partner or holder of a Partnership Interest shall include successors and permitted transferees of such Partner.

 

Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Partnership Interest” means the entire ownership interest of a Partner in the Partnership at any particular time, including the right of such Partner to any and all benefits to which a Partner may be entitled under this Agreement and the Act, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with which such Partner is required to comply. Reference to a Limited Partnership or General Partnership Interest means the Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner or General Partner, as such.

 

I-5

 

 

Percentage Interest” means, with respect to any Partner as of any time, the percentage determined by dividing the number of Common Units held by the Partner as of such time by the total number of Common Units then outstanding.

 

Permitted Holder” means (i) Holdings, GCM Grosvenor Management and Holdings II; (ii) GCM V, LLC or any permitted transferee of Class C Common Stock under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation; (iii) the Sponsor (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement); (iv) the PIPE Investors (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement); (v) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing; or (vi) any “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) in which the Persons referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) – (v) beneficially own (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting power of the shares of Class A Common Stock, Class C Common Stock beneficially owned by such “group.”

 

Permitted Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b).

 

Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b).

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, estate, limited liability company, or other legal entity or organization, and any government or subdivision thereof or any governmental or regulatory agency.

 

Preemptive Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c)(i).

 

Preemptive Rights Partners” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

 

Previous Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Previous Interests” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Profits” and “Losses” means, for each Fiscal Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or other applicable period, determined in accordance with section 703(a) of the Code (but including in taxable income or loss for this purpose all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to section 703(a)(1) of the Code), with the following adjustments:

 

(i) any income of the Partnership exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition will be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(ii) any expenditures of the Partnership described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or treated as expenditures described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i)) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition will be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

(iii) depreciation, amortization, and gain or loss with respect to any property shall be computed with regard to the Book Value of the property;

 

(iv) if the Book Value of any Partnership property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property;

 

I-6

 

 

(v) items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of Partnership property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property;

 

(vi) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis); and

 

(vii) such other adjustments shall be made as are reasonably required in the good faith discretion of the General Partner in order for the allocations under Section 4 to comply with section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, and expense that are to be specially allocated under any provision hereof shall be computed in a manner consistent with the computation of “Profits and Losses.”

 

Pubco Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(b).

 

Redeemed Units Equivalent” means the product of (a) the applicable number of Redeemed Units, multiplied by (b) the Common Unit Redemption Price.

 

Redeeming Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Redemption” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Redemption Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

 

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated the Effective Date, by and among the Corporation, Holdings, GCM Grosvenor Management, Holdings II and the other parties thereto from time to time.

 

Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(f).

 

Retraction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(c).

 

Section 6225 Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(c).

 

Securities” means any “security” as that term is defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 and the rules promulgated thereunder, each as amended from time to time.

 

Share Settlement” means a number of shares of Class A Common Stock (together with any Corresponding Rights) equal to the number of Redeemed Units.

 

I-7

 

 

State” means any state or commonwealth of the United States of America; the District of Columbia; the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and any other dependency, possession or territory of the United States of America.

 

Stock Exchange” means Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 

Stock Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a).

 

Stock Option Plan” means any stock option plan now or hereafter adopted by the Corporation.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Holdings, GCM Grosvenor Management, Holdings II, the Corporation and the other parties thereto from time to time.

 

Subsidiary” means, for any Person, any other Person of which the initial Person directly or indirectly owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities or that is required to be consolidated with the initial Person under GAAP. Unless the context otherwise specifically requires, the term “Subsidiary” shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of the Partnership. No existing or hereafter organized Grosvenor Fund shall be deemed a Subsidiary for any purpose.

 

Tax Advance Date” means the date that is two (2) days prior to the date on which estimated federal income tax payments are required to be made by corporate taxpayers and the due date for federal income tax returns for corporate taxpayers (without regard to extensions), which dates shall be adjusted by the General Partner (acting in good faith) upon any change in law relating to tax payment due dates to the extent required to permit the Partners to timely discharge their U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax liabilities.

 

Tax Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a)(ii).

 

Tax Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

 

Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

 

Tax Receivable Agreement” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Partnership, the Corporation, CF Intermediate, Holdings, GCM Grosvenor Management and Holdings II.

 

Transaction Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Transfer” means any sale, exchange, transfer, or assignment (including a pledge or other grant of a security interest), whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

Upstairs Warrants” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

Vesting Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(b)(ii).

 

Warrant Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

Warrants” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

 

I-8

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

GCM Grosvenor Inc.

 

Indemnification and Advancement Agreement

 

This Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of __________ ____, ______ by and between GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ______________, a member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or an officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Indemnitee and the Company, to the extent covering the indemnification of such Indemnitee as a member of the Board or an officer of the Company.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Board believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers, or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification and advancement of expenses against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such corporations;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance, to indemnification and to advancement of expenses may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to hold harmless and indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and is not a substitute therefor, nor diminishes or abrogates any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation, DGCL and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate additional protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and be advanced expenses.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees or has agreed to serve as a director or officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law). This Agreement does not create any obligation on the Company to continue Indemnitee in such position and is not an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (as in effect on the date hereof).

 

(b) “Agent” means any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or an Enterprise or other person authorized by the Company or an Enterprise to act for or represent the interests of the Company or an Enterprise, respectively.

 

(c) A “Change in Control” occurs upon the earliest to occur after the later of (i) the Closing and (ii) the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) other than a Designated Person, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

-2-

 

 

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(c)(i), 2(c)(iii) or 2(c)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, (the “Initial Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board (a “Board Change”); provided, however, that no change to the composition of the Initial Board shall be considered for the purposes of determining whether a Board Change has occurred to the extent such change resulted from a designation made in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement by and among the Company, Grosvenor Holdings L.L.C., an Illinois limited liability company (“Holdings”), GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Management LLC”), Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (collectively with Holdings and Management LLC, the “GCMH Equityholders”), and GCM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GCM V”), as may be amended from time to time;

 

iii. Corporate Transactions. The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction;

 

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

vi. For purposes of this Section 2(c), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

1 Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2 Person” has the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person excludes (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

-3-

 

 

3 Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner excludes any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(d) “Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, dated August 2, 2020, by and among CF Finance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, CF Finance Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, GCMH Equityholders, GCMH GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, GCM V, and the Company.

 

(e) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was acting as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or Agent of the Company or an Enterprise.

 

(f) “Designated Person” means Michael J. Sacks, GCM V and the GCMH Equityholders and each’s Affiliates and Related Parties.

 

(g) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(h) “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or Agent.

 

(i) “Expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all reasonable costs, disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a deponent or witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, mediation fees, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement). Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, do not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

-4-

 

 

(j) “finally adjudged” or “final adjudication” means determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing (and from which there is no further right of appeal).

 

(k) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any Affiliate of the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel, regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected.

 

(l) “Proceeding” shall be broadly construed and mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

(m) “Related Party” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any controlling stockholder, controlling member, general partner, subsidiary, spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such Person, (b) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more of Michael J. Sacks, GCM V, or any of the GCMH Equityholders or their members, and each’s respective Affiliates (other than the Company and its subsidiaries) and Related Parties and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (a), or (c) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (b), acting solely in such capacity.

 

-5-

 

 

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all loss and liability suffered, Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein if (a) such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and (b) in the case of a criminal Proceeding, such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses under this Section 4 related to any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding for which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any court in which the Proceeding was brought determines that such indemnification despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding in which Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, will be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party but to which Indemnitee, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, is a witness, deponent, interviewee, or otherwise asked to participate.

 

-6-

 

 

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

Section 8. Additional Indemnification. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Sections 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company).

 

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company is not obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment to Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent provided in Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, if any, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

 

(c) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement, of Expenses, including a Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

-7-

 

 

Section 10. Advances of Expenses.

 

(a) The Company will advance, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, but subject to the terms of this Agreement, all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee if (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company or Enterprise, including a proceeding initiated pursuant to Section 14 or (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation. The Company will advance the Expenses within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.

 

(b) Advances will be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, thus Indemnitee qualifies for advances upon the execution of this Agreement and delivery to the Company. No other form of undertaking is required other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company will make advances without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 11. Procedure for Notification of Claim for Indemnification or Advancement.

 

(a) Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Indemnitee will include in the written notification to the Company a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the allegations underlying the Proceeding and provide such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any obligation it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, and any delay or defect in so notifying the Company will not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification or advancement.

 

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense, provided, that the Company will not be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceedings on Indemnitee’s behalf without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

 

(c) The Company will not settle any Proceeding (in whole or in part) if such settlement would attribute to Indemnitee any admission of liability or impose any Expense, judgment, liability, fine, penalty or obligation or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

-8-

 

 

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a) Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made:

 

i. by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

 

ii. by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

 

iii. if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by the Board; or

 

iv. if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(b) The party selecting Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection (a)(iii) of this Section 12 will provide written notice of the selection to the other party. The notified party may, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the selecting party a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, Independent Counsel has not been selected or, if selected, any objection to has not been resolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court designates. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel will be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

(c) Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company will advance and pay any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making the indemnification determination irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing of the determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied and providing a copy of any written opinion provided to the Board by Independent Counsel.

 

(d) If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee within ten (10) days after such determination.

 

-9-

 

 

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a) It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b) If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not made pursuant to Section 12 within sixty (60) days after the later of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, the Determination Period may be extended an additional fifteen (15) days if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iv) of this Agreement.

 

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

-10-

 

 

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(d) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion. The provisions of this Section 13(d) is not exclusive and does not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a) Indemnitee may commence litigation against the Company in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company does not timely advance Expenses pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within the Determination Period, (iv) the Company does not hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(c) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company does not hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3, 4, 7, or 8 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

 

(b) If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14 will be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee may not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14, the Company will have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and will not introduce evidence of the determination made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

 

(c) If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

-11-

 

 

(d) The Company is, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e) The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance to Indemnitee such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action concerning this Agreement, Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company, or concerning any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company and will hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately determined to be entitled to such indemnification, unless the court determines that each of the Indemnitee’s claims in such Proceeding were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

 

Section 15. Defense of Proceeding and Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company is obligated to advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding, the Company will be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of Indemnitee upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any Proceeding or part of any Proceeding which admits any liability or misconduct by Indemnitee. The Indemnitee will not unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that includes any admission of liability or misconduct by Indemnitee.

 

Section 16. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a) The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement may not be limited or restricted by any amendment, alteration or repeal of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company or this Agreement in any way with respect to any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status occurring prior to any such amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

-12-

 

 

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or Agents of the Enterprise, the Company will obtain a policy or policies covering Indemnitee. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company will give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Indemnitee agrees to make reasonable efforts to assist the Company’s efforts to cause the insurers to pay such amounts.

 

(c) In the event of any payment made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any Enterprise or its insurance carrier. Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

Section 17. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement and the obligations of the Company hereunder continues until and terminates upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final adjudication or final termination by settlement of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement are binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives. The Company shall require and shall cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to, by written agreement, expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 18. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

-13-

 

 

Section 19. Enforcement.

 

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, and is not a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement is binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed or constitutes a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company does not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand to the other party, (b) sent by reputable overnight courier to the other party or (c) sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, with receipt of oral confirmation that such communication has been received:

 

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee provides to the Company.

 

(b) If to the Company to:

 

GCM Grosvenor Inc.

900 North Michigan Avenue
Suite 1100

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Attention: Legal Department

Telephone: (312) 506-6500

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

-14-

 

 

Section 23. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for purposes of any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or Proceeding in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or Proceeding brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 24. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together constitutes one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Section 25. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction thereof.

 

-15-

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

GCM GROSVENOR INC.   INDEMNITEE
         
By:                   
Name:     Name:  
Office:     Address:               
         
         

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP

and GCM, L.L.C.

Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

September 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Financial Statements (Unaudited)  
   
Condensed Combined Statements of Financial Condition 3
   
Condensed Combined Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited) 4
   
Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Partners’ and Member’s Deficit (Unaudited) 5 - 6
   
Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) 7
   
Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited) 8

 

2

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    September 30,
2020
   

December 31,

2019

 
    (Unaudited)        
Assets            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 158,186     $ 79,866  
Management fees receivable     12,534       13,896  
Incentive fees receivable     11,570       20,771  
Due from related parties     10,791       10,226  
Investments     159,050       159,358  
Premises and equipment, net     8,263       8,871  
Intangible assets, net     10,464       16,092  
Goodwill     28,959       28,959  
Other assets     60,292       35,117  
Total assets     460,109       373,156  
Liabilities and Partners’ and Member’s Capital                
Accrued compensation and benefits     59,577       63,668  
Employee related obligations     20,409       22,614  
Debt     376,832       448,500  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     71,032       52,204  
Total liabilities     527,850       586,986  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)                
Redeemable noncontrolling interest     110,782       -  
Partners’ deficit - Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP (Class A common shares, 49,950,000 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019; Class B-1 common shares, 46,203,750 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019; Class B-2 common shares, 3,746,250 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019; Class C common shares, 1,057,374 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019)     (259,985 )     (308,373 )
Member’s deficit - GCM, L.L.C.     (58 )     (66 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (12,231 )     (6,854 )
Total partners’ and member’s deficit attributable to Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.     (272,274 )     (315,293 )
Noncontrolling interest     93,751       101,463  
Total partners’ and member’s deficit     (178,523 )     (213,830 )
Total liabilities and partners’ and member’s deficit   $ 460,109     $ 373,156  

 

See notes to condensed combined financial statements.

 

3

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

    Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
Revenues                        
Management fees   $ 78,269     $ 82,837     $ 231,106     $ 243,708  
Incentive fees     21,774       33,342       38,048       65,819  
Other operating income     1,703       2,383       5,339       5,571  
Total operating revenues     101,746       118,562       274,493       315,098  
Expenses                                
Employee compensation and benefits     75,315       62,311       186,459       174,484  
General, administrative and other     17,263       20,641       58,101       64,637  
Total operating expenses     92,578       82,952       244,560       239,121  
Operating income     9,168       35,610       29,933       75,977  
Investment income     7,902       2,962       1,700       6,070  
Interest expense     (5,807 )     (6,281 )     (17,515 )     (19,067 )
Other expense     446       (2,680 )     (10,637 )     (7,615 )
Net other income (expense)     2,541       (5,999 )     (26,452 )     (20,612 )
Income before income taxes     11,709       29,611       3,481       55,365  
Income taxes     541       527       1,710       1,643  
Net income     11,168       29,084       1,771       53,722  
Less: Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest     3,322       -       5,600       -  
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     6,520       5,194       3,873       12,292  
Net income (loss) attributable to Grosvenor Capital                                
Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.     1,326       23,890       (7,702 )     41,430  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge     1,103       (1,052 )     (5,530 )     (7,438 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment     468       (215 )     153       (136 )
Total other comprehensive income (loss)     1,571       (1,267 )     (5,377 )     (7,574 )
Comprehensive income (loss)   $ 2,897     $ 22,623     $ (13,079 )   $ 33,856  

 

See notes to condensed combined financial statements.

 

4

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Partners’ and Member’s Deficit (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

    Partners’
eficit -
Grosvenor
Capital
Management
Holdings,
LLLP
    Member’s
Deficit - GCM,
L.L.C.
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total Partners’
and Member’s
Deficit
 
Balance, June 30, 2019   $ (309,549 )   $ (75 )   $ (6,893 )   $ 115,653     $ (200,864 )
                                         
Capital contributions     -       15       -       -       15  
Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       789       789  
Deemed contributions     4,365       -       -       -       4,365  
Capital distributions     (24,524 )     (41 )     -       -       (24,565 )
Capital distributions paid to noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       (11,173 )     (11,173 )
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge     -       -       (1,052 )     -       (1,052 )
Translation adjustment     -       -       (215 )     -       (215 )
Net income     23,863       27       -       5,194       29,084  
Balance, September 30, 2019     (305,845 )     (74 )     (8,160 )     110,463       (203,616 )

 

    Partners’
Deficit -
Grosvenor
Capital
Management
Holdings,
LLLP
    Member’s
Deficit - GCM,
L.L.C.
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total Partners’
and Member’s
Deficit
 
Balance, December 31, 2018   $ (326,113 )   $ (73 )   $ (586 )   $ 125,665     $ (201,107 )
                                         
Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of ASC 606     10,343       -       -       1,517       11,860  
Capital contributions     -       15       -       -       15  
Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       3,547       3,547  
Deemed contributions     13,080       -       -       -       13,080  
Capital distributions     (44,524 )     (77 )     -       -       (44,601 )
Capital distributions paid to noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       (32,558 )     (32,558 )
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge     -       -       (7,438 )     -       (7,438 )
Translation adjustment     -       -       (136 )     -       (136 )
Net income     41,369       61       -       12,292       53,722  
Balance, September 30, 2019     (305,845 )     (74 )     (8,160 )     110,463       (203,616 )

 

5

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Partners’ and Member’s Deficit (Unaudited) (Continued)

(In thousands)

 

    Partners’
Deficit -
Grosvenor
Capital
Management
Holdings,
LLLP
    Member’s
Deficit - GCM,
L.L.C.
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total Partners’
and Member’s
Deficit
    Redeemable
Noncontrolling
Interest
 
Balance, June 30, 2020   $ (270,396 )   $ (57 )   $ (13,802 )   $ 90,163     $ (194,092 )   $ 108,665  
                                                 
Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       976       976       -  
Deemed contributions     21,605       -       -       -       21,605       -  
Capital distributions     (12,500 )     (21 )     -       -       (12,521 )     -  
Capital distributions paid to noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       (3,908 )     (3,908 )     -  
Capital distributions paid to redeemable noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       -       -       (1,205 )
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge     -       -       1,103       -       1,103       -  
Translation adjustment     -       -       468       -       468       -  
Net income     1,306       20       -       6,520       7,846       3,322  
Balance, September 30, 2020   $ (259,985 )   $ (58 )   $ (12,231 )   $ 93,751     $ (178,523 )   $ 110,782  

 

    Partners’
Deficit -
Grosvenor
Capital
Management
Holdings,
LLLP
    Member’s
Deficit - GCM,
L.L.C.
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total Partners’
and Member’s
Deficit
    Redeemable
Noncontrolling
Interest
 
Balance, December 31, 2019   $ (308,373 )   $ (66 )   $ (6,854 )   $ 101,463     $ (213,830 )     -  
                                                 
Cumulative-effect adjustment from adoption of ASU No. 2017-12     (650 )     -       650       -       -       -  
Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       3,124       3,124       -  
Capital contributions from redeemable noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       -       -       173,797  
Deemed contributions     38,381       -       -       -       38,381       -  
Capital distributions     (42,524 )     (44 )     -       -       (42,568 )     -  
Capital distributions paid to noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       (14,709 )     (14,709 )     -  
Capital distributions paid to redeemable noncontrolling interest     -       -       -       -       -       (7,680 )
Equity transaction with Mosaic     60,935       -       -       -       60,935       (60,935 )
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge     -       -       (6,180 )     -       (6,180 )     -  
Translation adjustment     -       -       153       -       153       -  
Net income (loss)     (7,754 )     52       -     $ 3,873       (3,829 )     5,600  
Balance, September 30, 2020   $ (259,985 )   $ (58 )   $ (12,231 )   $ 93,751     $ (178,523 )   $ 110,782  

 

See notes to condensed combined financial statements. 

 

6

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019  
Cash flows from operating activities            
Net income   $ 1,771     $ 53,722  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities                
Depreciation and amortization expense     7,400       7,734  
Other non-cash compensation     3,360       2,885  
Non-cash partnership interest-based compensation     38,381       13,080  
Amortization of debt issuance costs     1,014       1,246  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     1,514       -  
Change in fair value of derivatives     9,673       8,225  
Amortization of deferred rent     502       255  
Proceeds received from investments     3,543       8,644  
Non-cash investment (income) loss     (1,700 )     (6,070 )
Other     22       18  
Change in assets and liabilities                
Management fees receivable     1,338       (6,169 )
Incentive fees receivable     9,201       (27,354 )
Due from related parties     (565 )     (2,785 )
Other assets     (25,171 )     (10,853 )
Accrued compensation and benefits     (7,428 )     (2,404 )
Employee related obligations     (2,204 )     (4,851 )
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     2,480       (491 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     43,131       34,832  
Cash flows from investing activities                
Purchases of premises and equipment     (1,165 )     (3,403 )
Contributions/subscriptions to investments     (16,221 )     (14,779 )
Withdrawals/redemptions from investments     14,685       25,921  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (2,701 )     7,739  
Cash flows from financing activities                
Capital contributions received from noncontrolling interest     176,921       3,547  
Capital distributions     (42,568 )     (44,601 )
Capital distributions paid to the noncontrolling interest     (22,389 )     (32,558 )
Proceeds from revolving line of credit     20,000       25,000  
Principal payments on revolving line of credit     (3,000 )     -  
Principal payments on senior notes     (91,196 )     (7,324 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     37,768       (55,936 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     122       (141 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     78,320       (13,506 )
Cash and cash equivalents                
Beginning of period     79,866       68,100  
End of period   $ 158,186     $ 54,594  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 16,105     $ 16,980  
Cash paid during the period for income taxes   $ 2,745     $ 1,667  

 

See notes to condensed combined financial statements.

 

7

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except where noted)

 

1. Description of the Business and Organization

 

Description of the Business

 

The combined financial statements include the combined accounts of (i) Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP (“GCMH”) and its operating subsidiaries, Grosvenor Capital Management, L.P. (“GCMLP”), Grosvenor Customized Fund Investment Group, L.P. (“GCM CFIG”), CFIG Holdings, LLC (“CFIG Holdings”), GCM Partners I, L.P. (“GCMP1”), GCM Management Incentive Plan I, L.P. (“MIP”), GCM UK Limited and GCM UK 2 Limited, which together own GCM Investments UK LLP (“UK Subsidiaries”), GCM Investments Hong Kong Limited (“GCMHK”), GCM Investments (Korea) Co. Ltd. (“GCMSK”), Mosaic GP Entity, LP, Mosaic NewCo Subsidiary, LP, Mosaic Acquisitions 2020, L.P., (ii) GCMLP’s consolidated operating subsidiaries, GRV Securities LLC (“GSLLC”) and GCM Investments Japan K.K. (“GIJKK”) (GCMH, GCMLP, GCM CFIG, CFIG Holdings, GCMP1, MIP, the UK Subsidiaries, GCMHK, GCMSK, GSLLC and GIJKK are sometimes collectively referred to herein, solely for purposes of convenience, as the “Partnership”) and (iii) GCM, L.L.C. (“GCM LLC”, collectively with the Partnership, the “Company” or “GCM Grosvenor”). As a registered broker-dealer, GSLLC serves as a placement agent for certain investment vehicles sponsored and managed or advised by both GCMLP and GCM CFIG (collectively referred to as the “GCM Funds”).

 

On January 2, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Customized Fund Investment Group (“CFIG”), a leading global private equity, infrastructure and real estate investment management business, from Credit Suisse Group AG (“CSG”). As a result, GCM CFIG was assigned certain acquired investment management and service agreements relating to the CFIG business and GCMH became the sole member of CFIG Holdings. Through several subsidiaries, CFIG Holdings is the general partner to the GCM CFIG advised GCM Funds and is entitled to carried interest.

 

The Company focuses on providing comprehensive investment solutions to primarily institutional clients who seek allocations to alternative investments such as hedge fund strategies, private equity, real estate, infrastructure and strategic investments. The Company specializes in developing customized portfolios for clients but also offers multi-client multi-manager, direct investment and co-investment portfolios. Portfolios range from highly concentrated to broadly diversified. Clients ordinarily access these portfolios through multi-client or single-client GCM Funds, which are typically organized either as U.S. limited partnerships or limited liability companies, or as non-U.S. corporations, limited partnerships or unit trusts.

 

Organization

 

GCMH is a holding company operated pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement (the “Partnership Agreement”) dated October 5, 2017, among the limited partners, Grosvenor Holdings, L.L.C. (“Holdings”), Grosvenor Holdings II, L.L.C (“Holdings II”) and certain investment funds managed by Hellman & Friedman LLC, a private equity investment firm (collectively “H&F”), and the general partner, GCMH GP, L.L.C. (“GCMHGP LLC”).

 

GCM LLC is a single member limited liability company held by Holdings. GCM LLC does not have any independent operations and its sole purpose is to serve as the general partner of GCMLP and GCM CFIG.

 

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had a net deficit in Partners’ and Member’s Capital of approximately $178.5 million and $213.8 million, respectively, resulting from historical distribution of proceeds from debt. Notwithstanding this deficit, management believes there is not substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern over the next 12 months as the Company has experienced, since its inception, sufficient operating cash flows and positive operating income from its operating entities, and has access to alternative funding sources to meet its current obligations.

 

8

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

COVID-19

 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) a global pandemic, which has resulted in significant disruption and uncertainty in the global economic markets. Given the amount of uncertainty currently regarding the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company is unable to predict the precise impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on the Company’s combined financial statements. In line with public markets and credit indices, the Company investments may be adversely impacted.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited condensed combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, all necessary adjustments (which consists of only normal recurring items) have been made to fairly present the condensed consolidated financial statements for the interim periods presented. Results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020. These unaudited condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited combined financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

The condensed combined financial statements include the accounts of the Partnership and its wholly-owned or majority-owned subsidiaries, the consolidated entities which are considered to be variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and for which the Partnership is considered the primary beneficiary, certain entities which are not considered VIEs but which the Partnership controls through a majority voting interest and GCM LLC. The Partnership and GCM LLC have been presented on a combined historical cost basis as they are entities under common control.

 

All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

 

Noncontrolling interests related to certain limited partnership interests are subject to redemptions by third party investors. As these interests are redeemable upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the Company, amounts relating to third party interests in such consolidated entities are classified in the mezzanine section as redeemable noncontrolling interest within the condensed combined statements of financial condition.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Members, as applicable, are taxed individually on their share of the earnings and losses, therefore; no provision for federal income taxes has been included in the condensed combined financial statements. The Company, however, is subject to various foreign, state, local and city income taxes. Income tax expense recorded in the condensed combined statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) primarily relate to income taxes attributable to foreign and state and local jurisdictions.

 

Tax positions taken by the Company are subject to periodic audit by state, local, municipal and foreign taxing authorities. Significant judgement is required in determining tax expense and in evaluating tax positions, including uncertainties. The Company recognizes the amount of benefit in the financial statements that is “more likely than not” to be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of related appeals or litigation processes based on the technical merits of the position. The Company’s tax positions are reviewed and evaluated quarterly to determine whether the Company has any uncertain tax positions that require financial statement recognition. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as general, administrative, and other expenses in the condensed combined statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

 

9

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In October 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which reduces the cost and complexity of financial reporting associated with consolidation of VIEs. The amendment provides that indirect interests held through related parties in common control arrangements should be considered on a proportional basis for determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable interests. The amendments in this ASU are effective for a private company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its combined financial statements upon adoption of this standard.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments remove or modify certain disclosures, while others were added. The Company adopted the guidance as of January 1, 2020. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its combined financial statements.

 

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”). The new guidance amends the hedge accounting model to enable entities to better portray their risk management activities in the financial statements. The guidance eliminates the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and allows for the entire change in fair value of a “highly effective” cash flow hedge to be recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item affects earnings. An entity will apply the new guidance on a modified retrospective basis with a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Changes to income statement presentation and financial statement disclosures will be applied prospectively. The Company adopted the guidance as of January 1, 2020. The resulting impact of adoption to its 3-Year Swap Agreement is recorded in opening accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and opening partners’ deficit.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Currently, the standard requires an entity to perform a two-step test to determine the amount, if any, of goodwill impairment. In Step 1, an entity compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the entity performs Step 2 and compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill for that reporting unit. An impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill for the reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill is recorded, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The new guidance removes Step 2. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. An entity will apply the new guidance on a prospective basis. The new guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and early adoption is permitted for annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its combined financial statements upon adoption of this standard

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases. The main difference between existing lease accounting guidance and the updated standard is that operating leases will now be recorded as assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position. The standard will be effective for non-public entities beginning on January 1, 2022; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its combined financial statements upon adoption of this new standard.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to estimate its lifetime “expected credit loss” and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2023. The Company expects that adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its combined financial statements.

 

10

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

3. Mosaic Transaction

 

Effective January 1, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), the Partnership, CFIG Holdings, GCMLP, GCM Investments GP LLC (“GCM GP”), the General partner to certain investment funds advised by the Partnership, (collectively, the “Seller”) entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (“Agreement”) and issued certain limited partnership interests in several entities (“Carry Plan Entities”) to Mosaic Acquisitions 2020, L.P. (“Mosaic”). In addition, Mosaic also acquired the rights to receive a percentage of carried interest from certain GCM Funds and has agreed to provide additional funding under certain circumstances up to a maximum amount as defined in the Agreement (collectively, the “Mosaic Transaction”). Mosaic issued Class A and Class B equity interests to GCMH, Holdings and Mosaic Feeder, L.P. (“Mosaic Feeder”). The Partnership serves as the general partner of Mosaic, which is consolidated as the Partnership holds a controlling financial interest in Mosaic. Mosaic Feeder is beneficially owned by Lakeshore Investments GP, LLC (“Lakeshore”), a related party, and an unaffiliated third-party investor (“Mosaic Counterparty”) and is not consolidated. The Carry Plan Entities serve as general partners of, or are special limited partners in, certain of the GCM Funds. The consideration transferred by Mosaic Counterparty to the Seller for the interests acquired was $125.4 million. In addition, the Seller received an additional $48.0 million to fund future investment commitments. Additionally, the Seller may be required to pay additional amounts as long as Mosaic Feeder has an ownership interest in the transferred interests (“Potential Payments”) based on cash flow up to the relevant dates as defined in the Agreement that could total up to a maximum of $19.9 million, which is broken down as a maximum of $4.9 million on December 31, 2020, $7.5 million on December 31, 2021 and $7.5 million on December 31, 2022. Such amounts can be reduced (not below zero) by exceeding certain cumulative distribution thresholds at each relevant date. In addition, any such amounts paid to Mosaic will also reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the purchase price payable upon exercise of the Put Option.

 

Additionally, the Agreement provides for a Recall Amount whereby beginning January 1, 2023, the Partnership may recall from Mosaic $15.1 million plus any Potential Payments that were made in previous periods. There are no contractual restrictions to the Partnership’s ability to recall the payments, other than if a Triggering Event as defined in the Agreement occurs, which management has deemed to be remote, and the credit risk associated with Mosaic’s ability to recall the distributions from Mosaic Counterparty.

 

In addition, as part of the Mosaic Transaction, Holdings purchased an option from Mosaic Feeder for $2.6 million for the right, but not the obligation, to require Mosaic Feeder to sell to Holdings all of the Class A and Class B equity interests held by Mosaic Feeder in Mosaic (the “Mosaic Call Right”) for a purchase price equal to the greater of 1.3x its investment or a 12% IRR on its investment (the “Call Price”).

 

Further, Mosaic Counterparty has the right, but not the obligation, to require the Partnership to acquire all of the Class A and Class B Interests held by Mosaic Feeder in Mosaic (the “Put Option”) for a purchase price equal to Mosaic Counterparty receiving the greater of 1.3x of its investment or a 12% IRR on its investment (the “Put Price”). The Put Option can only be exercised if a Triggering Event as defined in the Agreement occurs, which management has deemed to be remote. If the Partnership declines to pay the Put Price, Mosaic Counterparty may either step in and act as the general partner of Mosaic and control Mosaic until Mosaic Counterparty recoups the Put Price or effect a transfer of the underlying assets of Mosaic to Mosaic Counterparty.

 

The Carry Plan Entities have historically been accounted for as VIEs and were consolidated by the Partnership prior to the Mosaic Transaction as the Partnership was deemed the primary beneficiary through its controlling financial interests in the Carry Plan Entities. Management determined that the Mosaic Transaction should be evaluated under the guidance in ASC 810 and has concluded that Mosaic is accounted for as a VIE and the Partnership was deemed the primary beneficiary and therefore consolidates Mosaic. In addition, the Partnership concluded that the Put Option is embedded in an equity host contract but does not meet the net settlement criterion of an embedded derivative and therefore no separate accounting is required. However, as the Put Option is not solely within the control of the Partnership, the noncontrolling interest related to Mosaic has been classified as mezzanine equity.

 

11

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

The total assets of Mosaic are $106.2 million as of September 30, 2020 and are recorded in cash and cash equivalents and investments on the condensed combined statements of financial condition. Mosaic had no liabilities as of September 30, 2020. The assets of Mosaic may only be used to settle obligations of Mosaic, if any. In addition, there is no recourse to the Partnership for Mosaic’s liabilities, except for certain entities in which there could be a claw back of previously distributed carried interest.

 

4. Revenue

 

Revenues consisted of the following: 

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
Management fees   2020     2019     2020     2019  
Management fees   $ 76,105     $ 81,531     $ 225,141     $ 240,040  
Fund expense reimbursement revenue     2,164       1,306       5,965       3,668  
Total management fees   $ 78,269     $ 82,837     $ 231,106     $ 243,708  
                                 

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
Incentive fees   2020     2019     2020     2019  
Performance fees   $ 884     $ 3,923     $ 1,621     $ 4,006  
Carried interest     20,890       29,419       36,427       61,813  
Total incentive fees   $ 21,774     $ 33,342     $ 38,048     $ 65,819  

 

The Company recognized revenues of $0.7 million and $1.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 that were previously received and deferred as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

5. Investments

 

Investments consist of the following:

 

    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Equity method investments   $ 153,755     $ 154,900  
Other investments     5,295       4,458  
Total investments   $ 159,050     $ 159,358  

 

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company held investments of $159.1 million and $159.4 million, respectively, of which $151.1 million and $95.7 million were owned by noncontrolling interest holders, respectively. Future net income (loss) and cash flow from investments held by noncontrolling interest holders will not be attributable to the Company.

 

12

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

6. Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

    Fair Value of Assets (Liabilities) at September 30, 2020  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Money market funds   $ 97,282     $ -     $ -     $ 97,282  
Interest rate derivatives     -       (30,843 )     -       (30,843 )
Total   $ 97,282     $ (30,843 )   $ -     $ 66,439  

 

    Fair Value of Assets (Liabilities) at December 31, 2019  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Money market funds   $ 45,209     $ -     $ -     $ 45,209  
Interest rate derivatives     -       (14,990 )     -       (14,990 )
Total   $ 45,209     $ (14,990 )   $ -     $ 30,219  

 

Money market funds are recorded at net asset value per share which approximates fair value.

 

Management determines the fair value of its interest rate derivative agreements based on the present value of expected future cash flows based on observable future LIBOR rates applicable to each swap contract using linear interpolation, inclusive of the risk of non-performance, using a discount rate appropriate for the duration.

 

7. Variable Interest Entities

 

The Company consolidates certain VIEs in which it is determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary as discussed in Note 3.

 

The Company holds variable interests in certain entities that are VIEs, which are not consolidated, as it is determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary. The Company’s involvement with such entities is generally in the form of direct equity interests in, and fee arrangements with, the entities in which it also serves as the general partner or managing member. The Company evaluated its variable interests in the VIEs and determined it is not considered the primary beneficiary of the entities primarily because it does not have interests in the entities that could potentially be significant. No reconsideration events occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 which caused a change in the Company’s consolidation conclusions. As of September 30, 2020, the total unfunded commitments from the limited partners and general partners to the unconsolidated VIEs is $39.7 million. These commitments are the primary source of financing for the unconsolidated VIEs.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the VIEs in which the Company holds a variable interest but does not consolidate. The assets recognized on the Company’s condensed combined statements of financial condition related to the Company’s interests in and receivables from these non-consolidated VIEs and the Company’s maximum exposure to loss relating to non-consolidated VIEs at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, were as follows:

 

    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Investments   $ 74,091     $ 77,927  
Management and incentive fees receivables     7,928       9,135  
Maximum exposure to loss   $ 82,019     $ 87,062  

 

The above table includes investments in VIEs which are owned by noncontrolling interest holders of approximately $74.0 million and $55.9 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

 

13

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

8. Employee Compensation and Benefits

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, employee compensation and benefits consisted of the following:

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
Base salary, bonus and other   $ 40,133     $ 40,813     $ 122,774     $ 125,751  
Partnership interest-based compensation     21,605       4,365       38,381       13,080  
Carried interest     12,442       16,004       21,944       32,768  
Other     1,135       1,129       3,360       2,885  
Total employee compensation and benefits   $ 75,315     $ 62,311     $ 186,459     $ 174,484  

 

Partnership Interest in Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC

 

Payments to the employees for partnership interest awards are made by Holdings, Holdings II and GCM Grosvenor Management, LLC (“Management LLC”), the Company’s parent entities/companies. As a result, the Company records a non-cash profits interest compensation charge and an offsetting deemed contribution to equity to reflect the payments made by the Company’s parent entities/companies. Any liability related to the awards is recognized at Holdings, Holdings II or Management LLC as Holdings, Holdings II or Management LLC is the party responsible for satisfying the obligation, and is not shown in the Company’s condensed combined financial statements. The Company has recorded deemed contributions to equity from Holdings, Holdings II and Management LLC for non-cash compensation expense of approximately $21.6 million and $4.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively and $38.4 million and $13.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which will ultimately be paid by Holdings, Holdings II or Management LLC.

 

The Company has modified awards to certain individuals upon their voluntary retirement or intention to retire as employees. These awards generally include a stated target amount that upon payment terminates the recipient’s rights to future distributions and allows for a lump sum buy-out of the awards, at the discretion of the managing member. The awards are accounted for as partnership interest-based compensation at the fair value of these expected future payments, in the period the employees accepted the offer. Partnership interest-based compensation expense of $15.6 million and $1.6 million was recorded in the three months ended September 2020 and 2019, respectively and $22.3 million, and $4.7 million was recognized in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to award modifications.

 

The liability associated with awards that contain a stated target has been retained by Holdings at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, and is re-measured at each reporting date, with any corresponding changes in liability being reflected as compensation expense of the Company. Certain recipients had unvested stated target payments of $3.1 million and $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $3.1 million, and $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which has not been reflected as compensation expense by the Company. The Company recognized partnership interest-based compensation expense of $6.0 million and $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively and $16.1 million, and $8.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to profits interest awards that are in substance profit-sharing arrangements.

 

Other

 

Other consists of compensation expense related to deferred compensation programs and other awards that represent investments made in GCM Funds on behalf of the employees.

 

14

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

9. Debt

 

The table below summarizes the outstanding debt balance at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Senior secured loan   $ 340,258     $ 431,454  
Credit facility     42,000       25,000  
Less debt issuance costs     (5,426 )     (7,954 )
Total debt   $ 376,832     $ 448,500  

 

Senior Loan

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company offered lenders the sale proceeds from the Mosaic Transaction discussed in Note 3 to make a prepayment on the principal of the outstanding senior secured loan (“Senior Loan”), which was reduced to $340.3 million.

 

At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the weighted average interest rates of the Senior Loan was 3.75% and 4.45%, respectively.

 

Under the credit and guaranty agreement governing the terms of the Senior Loan, the Company must maintain certain leverage and interest coverage ratios. The credit and guaranty agreement also contains other covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur debt and restrict the Company and its subsidiaries ability to merge or consolidate, or sell or convey all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

 

Holdings has executed a pledge agreement (“Pledge Agreement”) with the lenders of the Senior Loan. Under the Pledge Agreement, Holdings has agreed to secure the obligations under the Senior Loan by pledging its interests in GCMH as collateral against the repayment of the senior secured notes. The Pledge Agreement will remain in effect until such time as all obligations relating to the Senior Loan have been fulfilled.

 

Credit Facility

 

Concurrent with the issuance of the Senior Loan, the Company entered into a $50 million revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”), with a maturity of January 2, 2019 and interest rate based on a spread over LIBOR, which was subsequently extended to March 29, 2023 through a series of debt modifications. Additionally, the Credit Facility carries an unused commitment fee that is paid quarterly.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, a portion of the proceeds from the Mosaic Transaction discussed in Note 3 was used to make a payment on the revolving credit facility, which was reduced to $22.0 million. In addition, the Company drew down an additional $20.0 million on its revolving credit facility.

 

At September 30, 2020, the Company had $42.0 million outstanding on the Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 2.93% and an unused commitment fee of 0.50%.

 

Other

 

GCMLP and GCM CFIG each agree to jointly and severally, unconditionally, and irrevocably, guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety guarantee the obligation of their parent entity, GCMH.

 

Amortization of the deferred costs of approximately $1.0 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, is included in interest expense in the condensed combined statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

 

15

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

10. Interest Rate Derivatives

 

The Company has entered into various derivative agreements with a financial institution to hedge interest rate risk related to its outstanding debt. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had the following interest rate derivatives recorded as a derivative asset (liability) recorded in other assets (accrued expenses and other liabilities) on the condensed combined statements of financial condition:

 

          Fair Value
at
    At September 30, 2020
Derivative   Notional
Amount
    September 30,
2020
    Fixed Rate Paid     Floating Rate
Received
  Effective
Date (3)
 

Maturity

Date

Interest rate swap   $ 225,000       (12,463 )     2.48 %   1 month LIBOR (1)   Jan 2020   Feb 2023
Interest rate swap     75,000       (5,196 )     3.05 %   1 month LIBOR (1)   Jan 2020   Feb 2023
Interest rate collar     300,000       (13,185 )     3.70 %   1 month LIBOR (2)   Feb 2023   Feb 2025
            $ (30,844 )                    

 

(1) Floating rate received subject to a 0.00% Floor

 

(2) Floating rate received subject to a 2.45% Floor

 

(3) Represents the date at which the derivative is in effect and the Company is contractually required to begin payment of interest under the terms of the agreement.

 

          Fair Value
at
    At December 31, 2019
Derivative   Notional
Amount
    December 31,
2019
    Fixed Rate
Paid
    Floating Rate
Received
  Effective
Date (4)
  Maturity
Date
Interest rate swap   $ 275,000       (124 )     2.33 %   1 month LIBOR (1)   Jan 2014   Jan 2020
Interest rate swap     225,000       (6,159 )     2.48 %   1 month LIBOR (2)   Jan 2020   Feb 2023
Interest rate swap     75,000       (3,348 )     3.05 %   1 month LIBOR (2)   Jan 2020   Feb 2023
Interest rate collar     300,000       (5,359 )     3.70 %   1 month LIBOR (3)   Feb 2023   Feb 2025
            $ (14,990 )                    

  

(1) Floating rate received subject to a 1.00% Floor

 

(2) Floating rate received subject to a 0.00% Floor

 

(3) Floating rate received subject to a 2.45% Floor

 

(4) Represents the date at which the derivative is in effect and the Company is contractually required to begin payment of interest under the terms of the agreement.

 

16

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

A rollforward of the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges follows:

 

 

    Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
Unrealized loss at beginning of period   $ (13,566 )   $ (6,798 )   $ (6,933 )   $ (412 )
Amount of loss recognized in other comprehensive income     (226 )     (1,104 )     (8,419 )     (7,264 )
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense     1,329       52       2,889       (174 )
Unrealized loss at end of period   $ (12,463 )   $ (7,850 )   $ (12,463 )   $ (7,850 )

 

The amount of gain (loss) related to interest rate contracts not designated as hedging instruments was recognized as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
Other income / (expense)   $ 378     $ (2,805 )   $ (9,673 )   $ (8,225 )

 

On January 5, 2017, the Company entered into a forward-starting swap agreement (“3-Year Swap Agreement”) with a financial institution to hedge interest rate risk related to payments made during the extended maturity of the 2023 Term Loans that has a notional amount of $225.0 million. The 3-Year Swap Agreement has a 0.00% LIBOR floor whereas the 2023 Term Loans contain a 1.00% LIBOR floor. The swap was determined to be an effective cash flow hedge at inception using a regression analysis; however the mismatch in floor terms creates hedge ineffectiveness which prior to the adoption of ASU 2017-12 was reflected through earnings.

 

On May 18, 2018, the Company entered into a forward-starting swap agreement (“$75 million Swap Agreement”) with a financial institution to increase the amount of principal economically hedged during the term of the 3-Year Swap Agreement that has a notional amount of $75.0 million. The $75 million Swap Agreement has a 0.00% LIBOR floor whereas the 2023 Term Loans contain a 1.00% LIBOR floor. The swap did not qualify for hedge accounting at inception due to the floor rate mismatch and as a result, all changes in fair value of the $75 million Swap Agreement are reflected through earnings.

 

On May 18, 2018, the Company entered into a forward-starting interest rate collar (“Interest Rate Collar”) with a financial institution to economically hedge interest rate risk related to payments made during the extended maturity of the 2025 Term Loans that has a notional amount of $300 million. The Interest Rate Collar has a 0.00% LIBOR floor whereas the 2025 Term Loans contain a 1.00% LIBOR floor. The Interest Rate Collar did not qualify for hedge accounting at inception due to the floor rate mismatch and as a result, all changes in fair value of the Interest Rate Collar are reflected through earnings.

 

The fair values of the derivatives and interest rate collar are based on observable market inputs and represent the net amount required to terminate the positions, taking into consideration market rates and non-performance risk. Refer to Note 6 for further details.

 

17

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Commitments

 

The Company is required to pay a fixed management fee of $0.5 million per year for a five-year period pursuant to its 12.5% interest in an aircraft.

 

The Company, through CFIG Holdings, had $75.7 million and $62.1 million of unfunded investment commitments as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, representing general partner capital funding commitments to several of the GCM CFIG and GCMLP advised GCM Funds.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into contracts that contain a number of representations and warranties, which may provide for general or specific indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these contracts is not currently known, as any such exposure would be based on future claims, which could be made against the Company. The Company’s management is not currently aware of any such pending claims and based on its experience, the Company believes the risk of loss related to these arrangements to be remote.

 

From time to time, the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits related to its business. The Company’s management does not believe that the outcome of any current litigation will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Risks

 

The Company may be exposed to a risk of loss by virtue of GCMLP and CFIG Holdings serving as the general partner of GCM Funds organized as limited partnerships. As general partner of a GCM Fund organized as a limited partnership, GCMLP and CFIG Holdings’ exposure to risk of loss is not limited to the amount of its investment in such GCM Fund. The Company cannot predict the amount of loss, if any, which may occur as a result of this exposure; however, historically, the Company has not incurred any significant losses and management believes the likelihood is remote that a material loss will occur.

 

12. Related Parties

 

In regard to the following related party disclosures, the Company’s management cannot be sure that such transactions or arrangements would be the same to the Company if the parties involved were unrelated and such differences could be material.

 

The Company provides certain employees partnership interest awards which are paid by Holdings, Holdings II and Management LLC. Refer to Note 8 for further details.

 

The Company has a sublease agreement with Holdings. Because the terms of the sublease are identical to the terms of the original lease, there is no impact on net income or cash flows.

 

 

The Company incurs certain costs, primarily related to accounting, client reporting, investment-decision making and treasury-related expenditures, for which it receives reimbursement from the GCM Funds in connection with its performance obligations to provide investment management services. Due from related parties on the condensed combined statements of financial condition includes net receivables of approximately $10.7 million and $10.0 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, paid on behalf of affiliated entities that are reimbursable to the Company.

 

18

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

Our executive officers, senior professionals, and certain current and former employees and their families invest on a discretionary basis in GCM Funds, which are generally not subject to management fees and performance fees. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, such investments and future commitments aggregated $374.3 million and $334.8 million, respectively.

 

Certain employees of the Company have an economic interest in an entity that is the owner and landlord of the building in which the principal headquarters of the Company are located.

 

The Company holds an investment of approximately $4.1 million and $3.3 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, in an entity in which the managing member is an affiliate of the managing member of Holdings.

 

The Company utilizes the services of an insurance broker to procure insurance coverage, including its general commercial package policy, workers’ compensation and professional and management liability coverage for its directors and officers. Members of Holdings have an economic interest in, and relatives are employed by, the Company’s insurance broker.

 

From time to time, certain of the Company’s executive officers utilize a private business aircraft, including an aircraft wholly owned or controlled by members of Holdings. Additionally, the Company arranges for the use of the private business aircraft through a number of charter services, including entities predominantly or wholly owned or controlled by members of Holdings. The Company paid approximately $0.5 million and $0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $1.4 million and $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, to utilize aircraft and charter services wholly owned or controlled by members of Holdings, which is recorded within general, administrative and other expenses in the condensed combined statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

 

The Company pays for all direct and indirect expenses of GCMHGP LLC, including accounting and administrative expenses. GCMHGP LLC does not reimburse the Company for such expenses, which are immaterial to the Company.

 

13. Income Taxes

 

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) totaled $0.5 million for each of the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and $1.7 million and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company has an effective income tax rate of 5% and 2% for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively and 49% and 3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. For the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the difference in the effective tax rate is generally driven by the differences in pretax income, primarily from increased profits interest-based compensation reported in the three months ended September 30, 2020.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the difference in the effective tax rate is generally driven by the differences in pretax income, primarily from increased profits interest-based compensation, reduced carried interest, and the effects of non-controlling interests for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The difference in effective tax rate from the statutory rate is primarily due to the profit/loss allocated to noncontrolling interests and the impact of entity level foreign and state and local taxes.

 

For uncertain tax positions in which the benefit to be realized does not meet the “more likely than not” recognition threshold, the Company establishes a liability included within other liabilities in the condensed combined statements of financial condition. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has no tax liability resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in future tax returns and has not incurred any interest or penalties.

 

19

 

 

Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP and GCM, L.L.C.

 

14. Subsequent Events

 

On August 2, 2020, the Partnership entered into an agreement (the “Transaction Agreement”) by and among CF Finance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“CFAC”), GCM Grosvenor Holdings, LLC (formerly known as CF Finance Intermediate Acquisition, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“IntermediateCo”), CF Finance Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), Holdings, Management LLC, and Holdings II (collectively, the “GCMH LLLP Equityholders”), GCMHGP LLC, GCM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GCM V”), and GCM Grosvenor Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GCM PubCo”), pursuant to which, among other transactions, CFAC will merge with and into GCM PubCo, upon which the separate corporate existence of CFAC will cease and GCM PubCo will become the surviving corporation (the “Merger” and together with the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the “business combination”).

 

The business combination closed on November 17, 2020. Immediately following the Merger and in accordance with the Transaction Agreement, a series of transactions occurred whereby (i) certain third-party investors purchased an aggregate of 19,500,000 shares of Class A common stock of GCM PubCo, par value $0.0001 per share (“GCM Class A common stock”) for an aggregate purchase price of $195 million, (ii) the Sponsor purchased 3,500,000 shares of GCM Class A common stock and 1,500,000 warrants to purchase GCM Class A common stock (which are in the identical form of the private placement warrants of CFAC) for an aggregate purchase price of $30 million, (iii) the Sponsor forfeited 2,351,534 shares of GCM Class A common stock and 150,000 GCM PubCo private placement warrants, (iv) GCM PubCo issued 900,000 GCM PubCo private placement warrants to Holdings, (v) Holdings assigned its option to purchase certain limited partnership interests in GCMH to IntermediateCo for an amount calculated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement, and IntermediateCo acquired such limited partnership interests for an amount calculated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement and such option, (vi) Holdings has the right to require IntermediateCo to acquire certain limited partnership interests in GCMH from Holdings, (vii) GCMHGP LLC transferred its general partnership interest and limited partnership interests in GCMH to IntermediateCo for an amount calculated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement and Holdings transferred all of the outstanding equity interests of GCM LLC to IntermediateCo for an amount calculated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement, (viii) GCMH was redomiciled as a Delaware limited liability limited partnership and its limited partnership agreement was amended and restated, (ix) IntermediateCo made a cash capital contribution to GCMH in exchange for common units of GCMH and warrants to purchase common units of GCMH, and (x) GCM PubCo issued a number of shares of its Class C common stock to GCM V as calculated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement.

 

Prior to the closing of the business combination, the Company sold the affiliated investment described in the related party footnote to an affiliate of Holdings, at cost of approximately $4.3 million, resulting in no gain or loss.

 

Prior to the closing of the business combination, the Mosaic Call Right was transferred from Holdings to the Partnership.

 

The Partnership made capital distributions of $25.0 million and $86.0 million to its partners in October 2020 and November 2020, respectively, prior to the business combination.

 

The Company has reviewed subsequent events occurring through the date that these condensed combined financial statements were issued, and concluded that no other events have occurred that would require recognition or disclosure.

 

 

 20

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the combined business of Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP (“GCMH”), its subsidiaries, and GCM, L.L.C. (“GCM LLC” and, together with GCMH and GCMH’s subsidiaries, “GCM Grosvenor”) prior to the closing of the business combination. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated October 14, 2020 and filed by GCM Grosvenor Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections and elsewhere in this filing, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We are an independent, open-architecture alternative asset management solutions provider with scale across major alternative strategies. We collaborate with our clients to construct investment portfolios across multiple investment strategies in the public and private markets, customized to meet their specific objectives. We also offer specialized commingled funds which span the alternatives investing universe that are developed to meet broad market demands for strategies and risk-return objectives.

 

We operate at scale across the range of private markets and absolute return strategies. Private markets and absolute return strategies are primarily defined by the liquidity of the underlying securities purchased, the length of the client commitment, and the form and timing of incentive compensation. For private markets strategies, clients generally commit to invest over a three-year time period and have an expected duration of seven years or more. In private markets strategies incentive compensation is typically based on realized gains on liquidation of the investment. For absolute return strategies, the securities tend to be more liquid, clients have the ability to redeem assets more regularly, and incentive compensation can be earned on an annual basis. We offer the following private markets and absolute return investment strategies:

 

Private Equity

 

Infrastructure

 

Real Estate

 

Alternative Credit

 

Absolute Return Strategies

 

Our clients are principally large, sophisticated, global institutional investors who rely on our investment expertise and differentiated investment access to navigate the increasingly complex alternatives market. As one of the pioneers of the customized separate account format, we are equipped to provide investment services to institutional clients of all sizes and with different needs, internal resources and investment objectives.

 

We completed the acquisition of Customized Fund Investment Group (“CFIG” and, following such acquisition, “GCM CFIG”), a leading global private equity, infrastructure and real estate investment management business, from Credit Suisse Group AG (“CSG”). As a result, GCM CFIG was assigned certain acquired investment management and service agreements relating to the CFIG business and GCMH obtained the right to receive carried interest in respect of the GCM CFIG-advised GCM Funds.

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to the acquisition, CSG sold the vast majority of its retained interests in respect of the GCM-CFIG-advised GCM Funds to a new GCM Fund in which certain of our clients invest, which we continue to reflect within noncontrolling interest.

 

More recently, in March 2020, we transferred certain indirect partnership interests related to historical investment funds managed by us in a transaction we refer to as the “Mosaic Transaction.” The transferred interests represent the right to 80-90% of our share of the carried interest generated by funds raised prior to December 31, 2019 and certain funded general partner interests, which at the time of the Mosaic Transaction had a book value of $58.0 million, and to-be-funded general partner interests. In exchange for such interests, we received $125.4 million in cash, which we used primarily to pay down outstanding debt, and Mosaic received $48.0 million of incremental cash from the third-party investor to prefund future fund investment obligations of Mosaic, which were previously our obligations. GCMH has the option to purchase the interest in Mosaic held by the third-party investor (or the underlying assets), at a purchase price equal to the greater of (x) 130% of amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor and (y) a 12% pre-tax internal rate of return on amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor. For additional information about the Mosaic Transaction, see “—Mosaic Transaction” below.

 

On November 17, 2020, we consummated the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, as described in the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.2 is attached.

 

Trends Affecting Our Business

 

As a global alternative asset manager, our results of operations are impacted by a variety of factors, including conditions in the global financial markets and economic and political environments, particularly in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East. In a low-interest rate environment and as public equities are not able to achieve expected returns, there is increased investor demand for alternative investments to achieve higher yields. The opportunities in private markets continue to expand as firms raise new funds and launch new vehicles and products to access private markets across the globe.

 

In addition to the trends discussed above, we believe the following factors, among others, will influence our future performance and results of operations:

 

Our ability to retain existing investors and attract new investors. 

 

Our ability to retain existing assets under management and attract new investors in our funds is partially dependent on the extent to which investors continue to favorably see the alternative asset management industry relative to traditional publicly listed equity and debt securities. A decline in the pace or the size of our fundraising efforts or investments as a result of increased competition in the private markets investing environment or a shift toward public markets may impact our revenues, which are generated from management fees and incentive fees.

 

Our ability to expand our business through new lines of business and geographic markets.

 

Our ability to grow our revenue base is partially dependent upon our ability to offer additional products and services by entering into new lines of business and by entering into, or expanding our presence in, new geographic markets. Entry into certain lines of business or geographic markets or the introduction of new types of products or services may subject us to the evolving macroeconomic and regulatory environment of the various countries where we operate or in which we invest.

 

Our ability to realize investments.

 

Challenging market and economic conditions may adversely affect our ability to exit and realize value from our investments and we may not be able to find suitable investments in which to effectively deploy capital. During periods of adverse economic conditions, such as the current COVID-19 pandemic addressed further below, our funds may have difficulty accessing financial markets, which could make it more difficult to obtain funding for additional investments and impact our ability to successfully exit positions in a timely manner. A general market downturn, or a specific market dislocation, may result in lower investment returns for our funds, which would adversely affect our revenues.

 

2

 

 

Our ability to identify suitable investment opportunities for our clients.

 

Our success largely depends on the identification and availability of suitable investment opportunities for our clients, and, in particular, the success of underlying funds in which our funds invest. The availability of investment opportunities is subject to certain factors outside of our control and the control of the investment managers with which we invest for our funds. Although there can be no assurance that we will be able to secure the opportunity

 

to invest on behalf of our clients in all or a substantial portion of the investments we select, or that the size of the investment opportunities available to us will be as large as we would desire, we seek to maintain excellent relationships with investment managers of investment funds, including those in which we have previously made investments for our clients and those in which we may in the future invest, as well as sponsors of investments that might provide co-investment opportunities in portfolio companies alongside the sponsoring fund manager. Our ability to identify attractive investments and execute on those investments is dependent on a number of factors, including the general macroeconomic environment, valuation, transaction size, and expected duration of such investment opportunity.

 

Our ability to generate strong returns. 

 

The ability to attract and retain clients is partially dependent on returns we are able to deliver versus our peers. The capital we are able to attract drives the growth of our assets under management and the management and incentive fees we earn. Similarly, in order to maintain our desired fee structure in a competitive environment, we must be able to continue to provide clients with investment returns and service that incentivize our investors to pay our desired fee rates.

 

Our ability to comply with increasing and evolving regulatory requirements.

 

The complex and evolving regulatory and tax environment may have an adverse effect on our business and subject us to additional expenses or capital requirements, as well as restrictions on our business operations.

 

COVID-19

 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) a global pandemic, which has resulted in significant disruption and uncertainty in the global economic markets, which in turn has impacted our business. Given the amount of uncertainty currently regarding the scope and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, we are unable to predict the precise impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, we may be exposed to certain negative impacts from the pandemic; for example:

 

Restrictions on travel and public gatherings as well as stay-at-home orders in the United States and abroad have resulted in most of our client and prospect meetings not currently taking place in person, and the vast majority of our employees are working from home. As a consequence, we are conducting client and prospective client dialogue remotely, which may in certain cases impact our ability to market our funds and raise new business, which may result in lower or delayed revenue growth, and it has become more difficult to conduct due diligence on investments.

 

The pandemic may result in a slowdown of our fundraising activity. A slowdown in fundraising activity has in the past resulted in delayed or decreased management fees and could result in delayed or decreased management fees in the future compared to prior periods.

 

In light of uncertainty in public equity markets and other components of their investment portfolios, investors may become restricted by their asset allocation policies to invest in new or successor funds that we provide, or may be prohibited by new laws or regulations from funding existing commitments.

 

Our liquidity and cash flows may be adversely impacted by declines or delays in realized incentive fees and management fee revenues.

 

3

 

 

Our funds invest in industries that have been materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including healthcare, travel, entertainment, hospitality and retail, which in turn has impacted and may continue to impact the value of our investments.

 

We believe COVID-19’s adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations will be significantly driven by a number of factors that we are unable to predict or control, including, for example: the severity and duration of the pandemic, including the timing of availability of a treatment or vaccine for COVID-19; the pandemic’s impact on the U.S. and global economies; the timing, scope and effectiveness of additional governmental responses to the pandemic; the timing and path of economic recovery; and the negative impact on our clients, counterparties, vendors and other business partners that may indirectly adversely affect us.

 

Operating Segments

 

We have determined that we operate in a single operating and reportable segment, consistent with how our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance.

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenues

 

On January 1, 2019, we adopted Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective method and applied the guidance only to contracts that were not completed as of that date. As a result, prior period amounts continue to be reported under legacy GAAP. The adoption did not change the historical pattern of recognizing revenue for management fees, administrative fees or incentive fees, except for classification changes. Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, we deferred the recognition of revenue for all realized carried interest subject to clawback until the earlier of the termination of the related fund or the point at which repayment of any of the distributed carried interest could no longer occur. Under ASC 606, realized carried interest is considered variable consideration and is therefore constrained and not recognized until it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. We have defined the portion to be deferred as the amount of carried interest, typically net of tax, that we would be required to return if there were no remaining investments at the assessment date.

 

Contracts which earn us management fees and incentive fees are evaluated as contracts with customers under ASC 606 for the services further described below. Under ASC 606, we are required to (a) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (b) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (c) determine the transaction price, (d) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (e) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy our performance obligation.

 

Management Fees

 

Management Fees

 

We earn management fees from providing investment management services to specialized funds and customized separate account clients. Specialized funds are generally structured as partnerships or companies having multiple investors. Customized separate account clients may be structured using an affiliate-managed entity or may involve an investment management agreement between us and a single client. Certain separate account clients may have us manage assets both with full discretion over investments decisions as well as without discretion over investment decisions and may also receive access to various other advisory services the firm may provide.

 

Certain of our management fees, typically associated with our private markets strategies, are based on client commitments to those funds during an initial commitment or investment period. During this period fees may be charged on total commitments, on invested capital (capital committed to underlying investments) or on a ratable ramp-in of total commitments, which is meant to mirror typical invested capital pacing. Following the expiration or termination of such period, certain fees continue to be based on client commitments while others are based on invested assets or based on invested capital and unfunded deal commitments less returned capital or based on a fixed ramp down schedule.

 

4

 

 

Certain of our management fees, typically associated with absolute return strategies, are based on the NAV of those funds. Such GCM Funds either have a set fee for the entire fund or a fee scale through which clients with larger commitments pay a lower fee.

 

Management fees are determined quarterly and are more commonly billed in advance based on the management fee rate applied to the management fee base at the end of the preceding quarterly period as defined in the respective contractual agreements.

 

We provided investment management/advisory services on assets of $58.6 billion as of September 30, 2020.

 

Fund expense reimbursement revenue

 

We incur certain costs, primarily related to accounting, client reporting, investment-decision making and treasury-related expenditures, for which we receive reimbursement from the GCM Funds in connection with its performance obligations to provide investment management services. We concluded we control the services provided and resources used before they are transferred to the customer and therefore act as a principal. Accordingly, the reimbursement for these costs incurred by us are presented on a gross basis within management fees. Expense reimbursements are recognized at a point in time, in the periods during which the related expenses are incurred and the reimbursements are contractually earned.

 

Incentive Fees

 

Incentive fees are based on the results of our funds, in the form of performance fees and carried interest income, which together comprise Incentive fees.

 

Carried Interest

 

Carried interest is a performance-based capital allocation from a fund’s limited partners earned by us in certain GCM Funds, more commonly in private markets strategies. Carried interest is typically calculated as a percentage of the profits calculated in accordance with the terms of fund agreements, certain fees and a preferred return to the fund’s limited partners. Carried interest is ultimately realized when underlying investments distribute proceeds or are sold and therefore carried interest is highly susceptible to market factors, judgments, and actions of third parties that are outside of our control.

 

Agreements generally include a clawback provision that, if triggered, would require us to return up to the cumulative amount of carried interest distributed, typically net of tax, upon liquidation of those funds, if the aggregate amount paid as carried interest exceeds the amount actually due based upon the aggregate performance of each fund. We have defined the portion to be deferred as the amount of carried interest, typically net of tax, that we would be required to return if all remaining investments had no value as of the end of each reporting period. Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, we did not recognize realized carry received as carried interest revenue until the earlier of the termination of the related fund or the point at which clawback of any historic carried interest distributions could no longer occur.

 

The portion of assets under management that are subject to carried interest was approximately $24.9 billion as of September 30, 2020.

 

Performance Fees

 

We may receive performance fees compensation from certain GCM Funds, more commonly in funds associated with absolute return strategies. Performance fees are typically a fixed percentage of investment gains, subject to loss carryforward provisions that require the recapture of any previous losses before any performance fees can be earned in the current period. Performance fees may or may not be subject to a hurdle or a preferred return, which requires that clients earn a specified minimum return before a performance fee can be assessed. These performance fees are determined based upon investment performance at the end of a specified measurement period, generally the end of the calendar year.

 

Investment returns are highly susceptible to market factors, judgments, and actions of third parties that are outside of our control. Accordingly, performance fees are considered variable consideration and are therefore constrained and not recognized until it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. In the event a client redeems from one of the GCM Funds prior to the end of a measurement period, any accrued performance fee is ordinarily due and payable by such redeeming client as of the date of the redemption.

 

5

 

 

The portion of assets under management that are subject to performance fees was approximately $13.0 billion as of September 30, 2020.

 

Other Operating Income

 

Other operating income primarily consists of administrative fees from certain private investment vehicles where we perform a full suite of administrative functions but do not manage or advise and have no discretion over the capital.

 

Expenses

 

Employee Compensation and Benefits

 

Employee compensation and benefits primarily consists of (1) base salary and bonus (2) non-cash partnership interest-based compensation and (3) carried interest compensation. Bonus compensation is determined by our management and is discretionary based on judgment taking into consideration, among other things, our financial results and the employee’s performance. In addition, various individuals, including certain senior professionals have been awarded partnership interests. These partnership interests grant the recipient the right to certain cash distributions from the GCMH Equityholders’ profits to the extent such distributions are authorized, resulting in non-cash profits interest compensation expense. Certain employees and former employees are also entitled to a portion of the carried interest realized from certain GCM Funds, which is payable upon a realization of the carried interest.

 

General, Administrative and Other

 

General, administrative and other consists primarily of professional fees, travel and related expenses, communications and information services, occupancy, fund expenses, depreciation and amortization, and other costs associated with our operations. Subsequent to the completion of the business combination, we expect that we will incur additional expenses as a result of costs associated with being a public company.

 

Net Other Income (Expense)

 

Investment income (loss)

 

Investment income (loss) primarily consists of gains and losses arising from our equity method investments.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense includes interest paid and accrued on our outstanding debt, along with the amortization of deferred financing costs, incurred from debt issued by us, including the senior secured loan and the credit facility entered into by us.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) consists primarily of gains and losses on certain derivatives and other non-operating items, including write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs due to prepayments and refinancing of debt and interest income.

 

6

 

 

Results of Operations

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2020 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2019

 

 

  

    Three months ended September 30,  
    2020     2019     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)        
Revenues                        
Management fees   $ 78,269     $ 82,837     $ (4,568 )     (6 )%
Incentive fees     21,774       33,342       (11,568 )     (35 )%
Other operating income     1,703       2,383       (680 )     (29 )%
Total operating revenues     101,746       118,562       (16,816 )     (14 )%
Expenses                                
Employee compensation and benefits     75,315       62,311       13,004       21 %
General, administrative and other     17,263       20,641       (3,378 )     (16 )%
Total operating expenses     92,578       82,952       9,626       12 %
Operating income     9,168       35,610       (26,442 )     (74 )%
Investment income     7,902       2,962       4,940       167 %
Interest expense     (5,807 )     (6,281 )     474       (8 )%
Other income (expense)     446       (2,680 )     3,126       (117 )%
Net other income (expense)     2,541       (5,999 )     8,540       (142 )%
Income before income taxes     11,709       29,611       (17,902 )     (60 )%
Income taxes     541       527       14       3 %
Net income     11,168       29,084       (17,916 )     (62 )%
Less: Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest     3,322       -       3,322       0 %
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     6,520       5,194       1,326       26 %
Net income attributable to GCM Grosvenor   $ 1,326     $ 23,890     $ (22,564 )     (94 )%

  

Revenues

 

    Three months ended September 30,  
    2020     2019     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
Private markets strategies   $ 38,588     $ 40,122       (1,534 )     (4 )%
Absolute return strategies     37,517       41,410       (3,893 )     (9 )%
Fund expense reimbursement revenue     2,164       1,305       859       66 %
Total management fees     78,269       82,837       (4,568 )     (6 )%
Incentive fees     21,774       33,342       (11,568 )     (35 )%
Administrative fees     1,479       1,716       (237 )     (14 )%
Other     224       667       (443 )     (66 )%
Total other operating income     1,703       2,383       (680 )     (29 )%
Total operating revenues   $ 101,746     $ 118,562     $ (16,816 )     (14 )%

 

Management fees decreased $4.6 million, or 6%, to $78.3 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to a $3.9 million decrease in fees related to absolute return strategies customized separate accounts and a $1.5 million decrease in fees related to absolute return strategies specialized funds as a result of lower average FPAUM during the three months ended September 30, 2020 versus the prior period due to net outflows in part offset by positive performance in such strategies, over the prior twelve months, partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in fund expense reimbursement revenue. Incentive fees consist of carried interest of $20.9 million and $29.4 million and performance fees of $0.9 million and $3.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Incentive fees decreased $11.6 million, or 35%, to $21.8 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, due to an $8.5 million decrease in carried interest and a $3.0 million decrease in performance fees. The decrease in carried interest is primarily due to lower tax distributions from lower taxable income generated by underlying funds and normal market fluctuation in timing of carried interest realizations and slower investment exits and deal activity due to COVID-19-related market impact. The decrease in performance fees is due to a tax distribution related to one of our credit funds during the three months ended September 30, 2019.

 

7

 

 

Expenses

 

    Three months ended September 30,  
    2020     2019     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
Base salary, bonus and other   $ 40,133     $ 40,813     $ (680 )     (2 )%
Partnership interest-based compensation     21,605       4,365       17,240       395 %
Carried interest     12,442       16,004       (3,562 )     (22 )%
Other     1,135       1,129       6       1 %
Total employee compensation and benefits   $ 75,315     $ 62,311     $ 13,004       21 %

 

Employee compensation and benefits increased $13.0 million, or 21%, to $75.3 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in partnership interest-based compensation is due primarily to amendments to partnership interest-based awards during the fourth quarter of the year ended 2019 and during the three months ended September 30, 2020 that resulted in additional expense recognition, as well as higher distributions. The decrease in carried interest compensation is primarily due to lower tax distributions from lower taxable income generated by underlying funds and lower carried interest realizations, driven by fewer investment exits and lower deal activity in the three months ended September 30, 2020, in part resulting from COVID-19-related market impacts.

  

General, administrative and other decreased $3.4 million, or 16%, to $17.3 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to a $2.8 million decrease in travel, meals and entertainment expenses and a $0.5 million decrease in other costs associated with our operations. The decrease in travel, meals and entertainment expenses resulted from reduced travel during the COVID-19 pandemic. The decreases in other costs associated with our operations primarily resulted from lower software licenses and IT consulting expenses.

 

Net Other Income (Expense)

 

Net other income (expense) increased $8.5 million, or 142%, to income of $2.5 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared expense of $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019.

 

Investment income (loss) increased $4.9 million, or 167% to $7.9 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to changes in the value of private market investments.

 

Other income (expense) increased $3.1 million, or 117%, to income of $0.4 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared expense of $2.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to the change in unrealized loss related to interest rate derivatives resulting from changes in market interest rates.

 

Interest expense decreased $0.5 million, or 8%, to $5.8 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to paying down approximately $91.2 million of principal on senior secured loans during March 2020 using proceeds from the Mosaic Transaction.

 

8

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019

 

 

 

    Nine months ended September 30,  
    2020     2019     Change     % Change  
          (in thousands)              
Revenues                        
Management fees   $ 231,106     $ 243,708     $ (12,602 )     (5 )%
Incentive fees     38,048       65,819       (27,771 )     (42 )%
Other operating income     5,339       5,571       (232 )     (4 )%
Total operating revenues     274,493       315,098       (40,605 )     (13 )%
Expenses                                
Employee compensation and benefits     186,459       174,484       11,975       7 %
General, administrative and other     58,101       64,637       (6,536 )     (10 )%
Total operating expenses     244,560       239,121       5,439       2 %
Operating income     29,933       75,977       (46,044 )     (61 )%
Investment income     1,700       6,070       (4,370 )     (72 )%
Interest expense     (17,515 )     (19,067 )     1,552       (8 )%
Other expense     (10,637 )     (7,615 )     (3,022 )     40 %
Net other income (expense)     (26,452 )     (20,612 )     (5,840 )     28 %
Income before income taxes     3,481       55,365       (51,884 )     (94 )%
Income taxes     1,710       1,643       67       4 %
Net income     1,771       53,722       (51,951 )     (97 )%
Less: Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest     5,600       -       5,600       0 %
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest     3,873       12,292       (8,419 )     (68 )%
Net income (loss) attributable to GCM Grosvenor   $ (7,702 )   $ 41,430     $ (49,132 )     (119 )%

 

Revenues

 

    Nine months ended September 30,  
    2020     2019     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
Private markets strategies   $ 111,600     $ 113,028       (1,428 )     (1 )%
Absolute return strategies     113,541       127,012       (13,471 )     (11 )%
Fund expense reimbursement revenue     5,965       3,668       2,297       63 %
Total management fees     231,106       243,708       (12,602 )     (5 )%
Incentive fees     38,048       65,819       (27,771 )     (42 )%
Administrative fees     4,777       4,871       (94 )     (2 )%
Other     562       700       (138 )     (20 )%
Total other operating income     5,339       5,571       (232 )     (4 )%
Total operating revenues   $ 274,493     $ 315,098     $ (40,605 )     (13 )%

 

Management fees decreased $12.6 million, or 5%, to $231.1 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to a $13.5 million decrease in fees related to absolute return strategies customized separate accounts and a $1.4 million decrease in fees related to absolute return strategies specialized funds as a result of lower average FPAUM during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 versus the prior period due partly to COVID-19-related market declines late in our first quarter and early in our second quarter, as well as net outflows in such strategies over the prior twelve months, partially offset by a $2.3 million increase in fund expense reimbursement revenue. Incentive fees consist of carried interest of $36.4 million and $61.8 million and performance fees of $1.6 million and $4.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Incentive fees decreased $27.8 million, or 42%, to $38.0 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, due primarily to a $25.4 million decrease in carried interest and a $2.4 million decrease in performance fees. The decrease in carried interest is primarily due to lower tax distributions from lower taxable income generated by underlying funds and normal market fluctuation in timing of carried interest realizations and slower investment exits and deal activity due to COVID-19-related market impact. The decrease in performance fees is due to a tax distribution related to one of our credit funds during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

9

 

 

Expenses

 

    Nine months ended September 30,  
    2020     2019     Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)  
Base salary, bonus and other   $ 122,774     $ 125,751     $ (2,977 )     (2 )%
Partnership interest-based compensation     38,381       13,080       25,301       193 %
Carried interest     21,944       32,768       (10,824 )     (33 )%
Other     3,360       2,885       475       16 %
Total employee compensation and benefits   $ 186,459     $ 174,484     $ 11,975       7 %

 

Employee compensation and benefits increased $12.0 million, or 7%, to $186.5 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in carried interest compensation is primarily due to lower tax distributions from lower taxable income generated by underlying funds and lower carried interest realizations, driven by fewer investment exits and lower deal activity in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, in part resulting from COVID-19-related market impact. The decrease in base salary, bonus and other is primarily due to a $2.4 decrease in bonus expense and a $1.4 million decrease in severance expense, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in base salary and relocation expense. The increase in partnership interest-based compensation is due primarily to amendments to partnership interest-based awards during the fourth quarter of the year ended 2019 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 that resulted in additional expense recognition as well as higher distributions.

 

General, administrative and other decreased $6.5 million, or 10%, to $58.1 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to a $6.8 million decrease in travel, meals and entertainment expenses. The decrease in travel, meals and entertainment expenses resulted from reduced travel during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Net Other Income (Expense)

 

Net other income (expense) decreased $5.8 million, or 28%, to $(26.5) million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

Investment income decreased $4.4 million, or 72% to $1.7 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to changes in the value of private market investments.

 

Other expense increased $3.0 million, or 40%, to $10.6 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to the change in unrealized loss related to interest rate derivatives due to decreases in market interest rates as well as the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.

 

Interest expense decreased $1.6 million, or 8%, to $17.5 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to paying down approximately $91.2 million of principal on senior secured loans during March 2020 using proceeds from the Mosaic Transaction.

 

Fee-paying AUM

 

FPAUM is a metric we use to measure the assets from which we earn management fees. Our FPAUM comprises the assets in our customized separate accounts and specialized funds from which we derive management fees. We classify customized separate account revenue as management fees if the client is charged an asset-based fee, which includes the vast majority of our discretionary AUM accounts. Our FPAUM for private market strategies typically represents committed, invested or scheduled capital during the investment period and invested capital following the expiration or termination of the investment period. Substantially all of our private markets strategies funds earn fees based on commitments or net invested capital, which are not affected by market appreciation or depreciation. Our FPAUM for our absolute return strategy is based on NAV.

 

10

 

 

Our calculations of FPAUM may differ from the calculations of other asset managers, and as a result, this measure may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other asset managers. Our definition of FPAUM is not based on any definition that is set forth in the agreements governing the customized separate accounts or specialized funds that we manage.

 

    Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
    September 30, 2020     September 30, 2020  
    (in millions)     (in millions)  
Fee-paying AUM   Private Markets Strategies     Absolute Return Strategies     Total     Private Markets Strategies     Absolute Return Strategies     Total  
Balance, beginning of period   $ 27,083     $ 22,514     $ 49,597     $ 26,477     $ 23,556     $ 50,033  
Contributions     570       137       707       2,271       1,209       3,480  
Withdrawals     -       (957 )     (957 )     -       (2,803 )     (2,803 )
Distributions     (450 )     (52 )     (502 )     (1,553 )     (109 )     (1,662 )
Change in Market Value     55       1,198       1,253       (82 )     1,049       967  
Foreign Exchange and Other     (164 )     (44 )     (208 )     (19 )     (106 )     (125 )
Balance, end of period   $ 27,094     $ 22,796     $ 49,890     $ 27,094     $ 22,796     $ 49,890  

 

Contracted, not yet fee-paying AUM represents limited partner commitments during the initial commitment or investment period where fees are not yet being charged, but are expected to be charged in the future based on invested capital (capital committed to underlying investments) or on a ratable ramp-in of total commitments.

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2020     2019  
    (in millions)  
Contracted, not yet Fee-Paying AUM at period end   $ 6,639     $ 5,153  
AUM at period end   $ 58,551     $ 57,746  

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

FPAUM increased $0.3 billion, or 1%, to $49.9 billion during the three months ended September 30, 2020, due to $0.7 billion and $1.3 billion of contributions and change in market value, respectively, partially offset by $1.0 billion and $0.5 billion in withdrawals and distributions, respectively.

 

Private markets strategies FPAUM remained at $27.1 billion, due to $0.6 billion contributions being offset by $0.5 billion of distributions and $0.2 billion of foreign exchange and other.

 

Absolute return strategies FPAUM increased $0.3 billion, or 1%, to $22.8 billion as of September 30, 2020, primarily due to $1.2 billion of change in market value, offset by $1.0 billion of withdrawals.

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

FPAUM decreased $0.1 billion, or (0.3)%, to $49.9 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, due to $2.8 billion and $1.7 billion of withdrawals and distributions, respectively, offset by $3.5 billion and $1.0 billion of contributions and change in market value, respectively.

 

Private markets strategies FPAUM increased $0.6 billion, or 2%, to $27.1 billion as of September 30, 2020, primarily due to $2.3 billion of contributions, partially offset by $1.6 billion of distributions.

 

Absolute return strategies FPAUM decreased $0.8 billion, or (3)%, to $22.8 billion as of September 30, 2020, primarily due to $2.8 billion of withdrawals, partially offset by $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion of contributions and change in market value, respectively.

 

Contracted, not yet fee-paying AUM increased $1.5 billion, or 29%, to $6.6 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 due to the closing of new commitments during the period net of reductions for Contracted, not yet fee-paying AUM that became fee-paying AUM during the period.

 

11

 

 

AUM increased $0.8 billion, or 1%, to $58.6 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily driven by changes in FPAUM and Contracted, not yet fee-paying AUM, as well as mark to market changes that did not impact FPAUM.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

In addition to our results of operations above, we report certain financial measures that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures to assess the performance of our business across reporting periods and believe this information is useful to investors for the same reasons. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered a substitute for the most directly comparable GAAP measures, which are reconciled below. Further, these measures have limitations as analytical tools, and when assessing our operating performance, you should not consider these measurements in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures including revenues and net income. We may calculate or present these non-GAAP financial measures differently than other companies who report measures with the same or similar names, and as a result, the non-GAAP measures we report may not be comparable.

 

Net Incentive Fees Attributable to GCM Grosvenor

 

Net incentive fees are used to highlight fees earned from incentive fees that are attributable to GCM Grosvenor. Net incentive fees represent incentive fees excluding (a) carried interest attributable to employees and former employees and (b) carried interest attributable to noncontrolling interest holders.

 

The following tables show reconciliations of incentive fees to net incentive fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

 

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net incentive fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor                        
Incentive fees   $ 21,774     $ 33,342     $ 38,048     $ 65,819  
Less:                                
Carried interest expense attributable to employees and former employees     (12,155 )     (16,185 )     (21,175 )     (33,242 )
Carried interest expense attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest holder     369       -       (3,300 )     -  
Carried interest attributable to other noncontrolling interest holders, net     (2,588 )     (3,484 )     (5,025 )     (10,267 )
Net incentive fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor   $ 7,400     $ 13,673     $ 8,548     $ 22,310  

 

Net Fees Attributable to GCM Grosvenor

 

Net fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor are used to highlight revenues attributable to GCM Grosvenor. Net fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor represent total operating revenues fees excluding (a) reimbursement of expenses paid on behalf of GCM Funds and affiliates, (b) carried interest attributable to employees and former employees and (c) carried interest attributable to noncontrolling interest holders.

 

The following tables show reconciliations of total operating revenues to net fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

 

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Net fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor                        
Total operating revenues   $ 101,746     $ 118,562     $ 274,493     $ 315,098  
Less:                                
Fund expense reimbursement revenue     (2,164 )     (1,305 )     (5,965 )     (3,668 )
Carried interest expense attributable to employees and former employees     (12,155 )     (16,185 )     (21,175 )     (33,242 )
Carried interest expense attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest holder     369       -       (3,300 )     -  
Carried interest attributable to other noncontrolling interest holders, net     (2,588 )     (3,484 )     (5,025 )     (10,267 )
Net fees attributable to GCM Grosvenor   $ 85,208     $ 97,588     $ 239,028     $ 267,921  

 

12

 

 

Adjusted Pre-Tax Income, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted pre-tax income, Adjusted net income and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures used to evaluate our profitability.

 

Adjusted pre-tax income represents net income attributable to GCM Grosvenor excluding (a) income taxes, (b) change in fair value of derivatives, (c) partnership interest-based and non-cash compensation, (d) unrealized investment income, and (d) certain other items that we believe are not indicative of our core performance, including charges related to corporate transactions and employee severance. We believe adjusted pre-tax income is useful to investors because it provides additional insight into the operating profitability of our business.

 

Adjusted net income represents adjusted pre-tax income minus income taxes.

 

Adjusted EBITDA represents adjusted net income excluding (a) income taxes, (b) depreciation expense and (c) interest expense on our outstanding debt. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it enables them to better evaluate the performance of our core business across reporting periods.

 

The following tables show reconciliations of net income attributable to GCM Grosvenor and adjusted pre-tax income and adjusted net income, respectively:

 

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Adjusted pre-tax income & Adjusted net income                        
Net income (loss) attributable to GCM Grosvenor   $ 1,326     $ 23,890     $ (7,702 )   $ 41,430  
Plus:                                
Income taxes     541       527       1,710       1,643  
Change in fair value of derivatives     (378 )     2,805       9,673       8,225  
Amortization expense     1,876       1,953       5,628       5,860  
Severance expense     760       979       3,048       4,421  
Transaction expenses     229       -       3,729       -  
Transition expenses     45       -       45       -  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     -       -       1,514       -  
Other     366       283       370       373  
Partnership interest-based compensation     21,605       4,365       38,381       13,080  
Other non-cash compensation     1,135       1,129       3,360       2,885  
Less:                                
Investment income, net of noncontrolling interest     (506 )     (1,254 )     (649 )     (4,102 )
Net compensation expense associated with deferred revenue carry     287       (181 )     769       (474 )
Adjusted pre-tax income     27,286       34,496       59,876       73,341  
Less:                                
Income taxes     (541 )     (527 )     (1,710 )     (1,643 )
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments (a)     (122 )     (28 )     (314 )     (126 )
Adjusted net income   $ 26,623     $ 33,941     $ 57,852     $ 71,572  
                                 
Adjusted EBITDA                                
Adjusted net income   $ 26,623     $ 33,941     $ 57,852     $ 71,572  
Plus:                                
Income taxes     541       527       1,710       1,643  
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments (a)     122       28       314       126  
Depreciation expense     540       616       1,772       1,874  
Interest expense     5,807       6,281       17,515       19,067  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 33,633     $ 41,393     $ 79,163     $ 94,282  

 

(a) Represents the effect of adjustments of the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax at a rate of 4% after giving effect to apportionment at the applicable entities.

 

Adjusted Fee-Related Earnings

 

Adjusted fee-related earnings (“FRE”) is used to highlight earnings from recurring management fees and administrative fees. Adjusted FRE represents adjusted EBITDA further adjusted to exclude (a) incentive fees and related compensation and (b) other non-operating income, and to include depreciation expense. We believe adjusted FRE is useful to investors because it provides additional insights into the management fee driven operating profitability of our business.

 

13

 

 

Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

    Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019     2020     2019  
    (in thousands)     (in thousands)  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 33,633     $ 41,393     $ 79,163     $ 94,282  
Less:                                
Incentive fees     (21,774 )     (33,342 )     (38,048 )     (65,819 )
Depreciation expense     (540 )     (616 )     (1,772 )     (1,874 )
Other non-operating income     (69 )     (125 )     (550 )     (610 )
Plus:                                
Carried interest expense attributable to employees and former employees     12,155       16,185       21,175       33,242  
Carried interest expense attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest holder     (369 )     -       3,300       -  
Carried interest attributable to other noncontrolling interest holders, net     2,588       3,484       5,025       10,267  
Adjusted FRE   $ 25,624     $ 26,979     $ 68,293     $ 69,488  

 

Investment Performance

 

The following tables present information relating to the performance of all the investments made by GCM Grosvenor (except as mentioned otherwise in more detail below) across both the private markets and absolute return strategies. The data for these investments is presented from the date indicated through September 30, 2020 and have not been adjusted to reflect acquisitions or disposals of investments subsequent to that date.

 

When considering the data presented below, you should note that the historical results of our discretionary investments are not indicative of the future results you should expect from such investments, from any future investment funds we may raise or, after the consummation of the business combination from any investment in our Class A common stock, in part because:

 

market conditions and investment opportunities during previous periods may have been significantly more favorable for generating positive performance than those we may experience in the future;

 

the performance of our investment programs is generally calculated on the basis of net asset value of the funds’ investments, including unrealized gains, which may never be realized;

 

our historical returns derive largely from the performance of our earlier investment programs, whereas future returns will depend increasingly on the performance of our newer investment programs or investment programs not yet formed;

 

our newly established investment programs may generate lower returns during the period that they take to deploy their capital;

 

in recent years, there has been increased competition for investment opportunities resulting from the increased amount of capital invested in alternative investment strategies and high liquidity in debt markets, and the increased competition for investments may reduce our returns in the future; and

 

the performance of particular investment programs also will be affected by risks of the industries and businesses in which they invest.

 

For purposes of the following tables:

 

“Commitments” are the sum of total commitments and investments made by our portfolios to underlying investments of a particular strategy;

 

“Contributions” are the sum of total amount of capital invested by our portfolios in underlying investments of a particular strategy, plus capitalized expenses paid in respect of such investments;

 

“Current Value” and “Net Asset Value” of a strategy represent the latest aggregate fair value of the underlying investments in such strategy made by our portfolios, which is typically reported by the underlying investment managers of such investments. No assurance can be given as to the value that may ultimately be realized by any investment;

 

14

 

 

“Distributions” are the sum of recallable and non-recallable returns of capital, interest, gains and dividend proceeds to our portfolios received from underlying investments. Distributions may include in-kind distributions at the value reported by the managers, if applicable;

 

“Investment Net IRR” represents the net internal rate of return of our portfolios’ investments in the relevant strategy and reflects the total combined IRR for underlying investments that have been invested in by our portfolios in the relevant strategy. It is calculated using all the outflows to and inflows from the underlying investments, including cash flows for expenses and fees paid by our portfolios to those underlying investments. Performance information for underlying investments with less than 365 days of cash flows has not been annualized. Performance information for underlying investments and underlying investment sub-totals with more than 365 days of cash flows has been calculated using an annualized IRR. Investment Net IRR is not reduced for our management fees, allocable expenses and carried interest, but does reflect such reductions, if any, at the underlying investment level;

 

“Investment Net TVPI” represents the total value paid-in multiple of our portfolios’ investments in the relevant strategy, and is calculated as adjusted value (i.e., Distributions + Net Asset Value) over total Contributions (i.e., investments, expenses, management fees, organization costs). Investment Net TVPI is not reduced for our management fees, allocable expenses and carried interest, but does reflect such reductions, if any, at the underlying investment level;

 

“PMEs” are the S&P 500, the MSCI World Infrastructure, and the FTSE Nareit All REITS indices we present for comparison calculated on a Public Market Equivalent basis. We believe these indices are commonly used by private markets investors to evaluate performance. We use the Long Nickels PME calculation methodology, which allows private markets investment performance to be evaluated against a public index and assumes that capital is being invested in, or withdrawn from, the index on the days the capital was called and distributed from the underlying private market investments. The S&P 500 Index is a total return capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of 500 U.S. large cap stocks. The MSCI World Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index of over 1,600 world stocks that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets. The FTSE Nareit All REITs Index contains all publicly traded US real estate investment trusts (REITs);

 

The “Composite” represents discretionary, globally diversified, multi-strategy, multi-manager investment portfolios (“Composite Funds”) whose capital is allocated to underlying investment managers that utilize a broad range of alternative investment strategies, including credit, relative value, multi-strategy, event driven, equities, macro, commodities and portfolio hedges. All Composite Funds included in the Composite are denominated in U.S. dollars. In general, the Composite Funds seek to achieve superior long-term, risk-adjusted rates of return with low volatility and low levels of correlation to the broad equity and fixed income markets.

 

Historical Performance of Private Market Strategies

 

Realized and Partially Realized Investments

As of September 30, 2020

($ in millions, unless otherwise mentioned)

 

Strategy   Commitments     Contributions     Distributions     Current Value
(as of 9/30/20)
    Investment
Net TVPI
    Investment
Net IRR
    PME IRR6     PME Index
Private Equity                                              
Primary Fund Investments1   $ 10,522.8     $ 11,547.8     $ 18,097.7     $ 2,113.4       1.75 x     13.7 %     9.8 %   S&P 500
Secondaries Investments2   $ 314.0     $ 184.1     $ 225.2     $ 62.6       1.56 x     20.0 %     9.5 %   S&P 500
Co-Investments/Direct Investments3   $ 2,252.6     $ 2,166.7     $ 3,732.3     $ 356.2       1.89 x     22.7 %     16.0 %   S&P 500
                                                             
Infrastructure4   $ 1,916.0     $ 1,770.3     $ 2,320.8     $ 327.9       1.50 x     10.5 %     6.6 %   MSCI World Infrastructure
                                                             
Real Estate5   $ 261.9     $ 290.9     $ 472.1     $ 13.1       1.67 x     21.8 %     12.0 %   FNERTR Index
                                                             
ESG and Impact Strategies                                                            
Diverse Managers6   $ 1,116.0     $ 1,221.0     $ 1,917.7     $ 312.3       1.83 x     24.1 %     14.5 %   S&P 500
Labor Impact Investments   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -       N/A       N/A       N/A     MSCI World Infrastructure

 

Note: Returns for each strategy are presented from the date the firm established a dedicated team focused on such strategy through September 30, 2020. Investment net returns are net of investment-related fees and expenses, including fees paid to underlying managers, but do not reflect management fees, incentive compensation, or carried interest to us or any expenses of any account or vehicle we manage. Data does not include investments that were transferred at the request of investors prior to liquidation and are no longer managed by us. 

 

15

 

 

Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

Realized, Partially Realized and Unrealized Investments
As of September 30, 2020

($ in millions, unless otherwise mentioned)

 

Strategy   Commitments     Contributions     Distributions     Current Value (as of 9/30/20)     Investment Net TVPI     Investment Net IRR     PME IRR7     PME Index
Private Equity                                                            
Primary Fund Investments1   $ 20,058.7     $ 18,215.7     $ 21,074.5     $ 7,042.6       1.54 x     11.9 %     10.2 %   S&P 500
Secondary Investments2   $ 1,130.7     $ 800.8     $ 365.3     $ 594.4       1.20 x     11.0 %     9.3 %   S&P 500
Co-Investments/Direct Investments 3   $ 5,003.6     $ 4,747.3     $ 3,889.5     $ 3,021.9       1.46 x     16.9 %     13.6 %   S&P 500
                                                             
Infrastructure4   $ 5,642.9     $ 5,026.3     $ 3,109.3     $ 3,370.4       1.29 x     8.4 %     5.3 %   MSCI World Infrastructure
                                                             
Real Estate5   $ 1,687.8     $ 1,339.9     $ 803.3     $ 815.3       1.21 x     11.4 %     5.7 %   FNERTR Index
                                                             
Multi-Asset Class Programs   $ 1,207.6     $ 1,189.2     $ 377.4     $ 1,013.9       1.17 x     15.7 %     N/A     N/A
                                                             
ESG and Impact Strategies                                                            
Diverse Managers6   $ 5,683.5     $ 4,382.5     $ 2,691.5     $ 3,493.7       1.41 x     16.5 %     12.2 %   S&P 500
Labor Impact Investments   $ 244.2     $ 155.7   $ -     $ 155.7       1.00 x     0.0 %     0.0 %   MSCI World Infrastructure

  

Note: Returns for each strategy are presented from the date the firm established a dedicated team focused on such strategy through September 30, 2020. Investment net returns are net of investment-related fees and expenses, including fees paid to underlying managers, but do not reflect management fees, incentive compensation, or carried interest to us or any expenses of any account or vehicle we manage. Data does not include investments that were transferred at the request of investors prior to liquidation and are no longer managed by us.

 

Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

(1) Excludes certain private markets credit fund investments outside of private equity programs.
(2) Reflects secondaries investments since 2014. In September 2014, we established a dedicated private equity secondaries vertical.
(3) Reflects co-investments/direct investments since 2009. In December 2008, we established a dedicated Private Equity Co-Investment Sub-Committee and adopted a more targeted, active co-investment strategy.
(4) Infrastructure investments exclude labor impact investments.
(5) Reflects real estate investments since 2010. In 2010, we established a dedicated Real Estate team and adopted a more targeted, active real estate strategy.
(6) Since 2007.

 

Historical Performance of Absolute Return Strategies

  

    Assets Under Management as of September 30,
2020 ($Bn)
    Year to Date Returns Ending September 30, 2020     Annualized Returns Since Inception Through
September 30, 2020
 
          Gross     Net     Gross     Net  
Absolute Return Strategies (Overall)   $ 23.6       5.43 %     4.90 %     7.03 %     5.92 %
GCMLP Diversified Multi-Strategy Composite     10.9       6.83 %     6.29 %     8.01 %     6.63 %

 

1. Absolute Return Strategies (Overall) is since 1996. GCMLP Diversified Multi-Strategy Composite is since 1993.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We have historically financed our operations and working capital through net cash from operating activities and borrowings under our Term Loans and Revolving Credit Facility (each as defined below). As of September 30, 2020, we had $158.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity of $8.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility. Our primary cash needs are to fund working capital requirements, invest in growing our business, make investments in GCM Funds, make scheduled principal payments and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and pay tax distributions to members. Additionally, as a result of the business combination, we will need cash to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We expect that our cash flow from operations, current cash and cash equivalents, proceeds from the business combination and Private Placement and available borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund our operations and planned capital expenditures and to service our debt obligations for the next twelve months.

 

16

 

 

Cash Flows

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019  
    (in thousands)  
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 43,131     $ 34,832  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (2,701 )     7,739  
Net cash provided (used in) financing activities     37,768       (55,936 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     122       (141 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ 78,320     $ (13,506 )

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was primarily driven by our net income in the respective periods after adjusting for significant non-cash activities, including depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash partnership interest-based compensation, the change in fair value of derivatives and the change in equity value of our investments; in addition to proceeds received from return on investments and the payment of bonus compensation.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $43.1 million and $34.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These operating cash flows were primarily driven by:

 

net income of $1.8 million and $53.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, adjusted for $60.2 million and $27.4 million of non-cash activities, respectively, as well as changes in working capital; and

 

proceeds received from investments of $3.5 million and $8.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investment activities was $(2.7) million and $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These investing cash flows are primarily driven by:

 

purchases of premises and equipment of $(1.2) million and $(3.4) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively,

 

contributions/subscriptions to investments of $(16.2) million and $(14.8) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively; and

 

distributions from investments of $14.7 million and $25.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $37.8 million and $(55.9) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These financing cash flows were primarily driven by:

 

capital contributions received from noncontrolling interests of $176.9 million and $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively;

 

capital distributions paid to partners of $(42.6) million and $(44.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively;

 

17

 

 

capital distributions paid to noncontrolling interest holders of $(22.4) million and $(32.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively;

 

proceeds from our revolving line of credit of $20.0 million and $25.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively;

 

principal payments on revolving line of credit of $(3.0) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020; and;

 

principal payments on senior notes of $(91.2) million and $(7.3) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Indebtedness

 

On January 2, 2014, GCMH entered into a credit agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among GCMH, as the borrower, Holdings, Holdings II, GCMH GP and GCM LLC, each, as a pledgor, the lenders party thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, BMO Harris Bank N.A., as a letter of credit issuer, and Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch, as a letter of credit issuer. The Credit Agreement provides GCMH with a senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) and for commitments for a $50.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). Under the Revolving Credit Facility, $15.0 million is available for letters of credit and $10.0 million is available for swingline loans. The Credit Agreement provides the right for GCMH to incur additional commitments under either the Term Loan Facility or the Revolving Credit Facility, subject to an aggregate increase of $150.0 million, plus any amounts previously voluntarily prepaid, plus additional amounts if certain leverage ratios are achieved. As of September 30, 2020, GCMH had borrowings of $340.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility and $42.0 million outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The maturity date of all of the outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility (the “Term Loans”) is March 29, 2025, and the maturity date for the full amount of the Revolving Credit Facility is March 29, 2023.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Following the completion of the business combination, GCM PubCo is a holding company with no material assets other than its indirect ownership of equity interests in GCMH and certain deferred tax assets. As such, GCM PubCo does not have any independent means of generating revenue. However, management of GCM Grosvenor expects to cause GCMH to make distributions to its members, including GCM PubCo, in an amount at least sufficient to allow GCM PubCo to pay all applicable taxes, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and to pay GCM PubCo’s corporate and other overhead expenses.

 

Additionally, management of GCM Grosvenor expects to recommend to the board of directors of GCM PubCo that it approve an annual cash dividend of $0.24 per share on shares of GCM Class A common stock. The official declaration, record and payment date for the first $0.06 per share quarterly dividend is planned to be announced in connection with GCM Grosvenor's earnings release in February 2021. However, the payment of cash dividends on shares of GCM Class A common stock in the future, in this amount or otherwise, will be within the discretion of GCM PubCo’s board of directors at such time, and will depend on numerous factors, including:

 

general economic and business conditions;

 

GCM PubCo’s strategic plans and prospects;

 

GCM PubCo’s business and investment opportunities;

 

GCM PubCo’s financial condition and operating results, including its cash position, its net income and its realizations on investments made by its investment funds;

 

working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs;

 

contractual restrictions and obligations, including payment obligations pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and restrictions pursuant to any credit facility; and

 

legal, tax and regulatory restrictions.

 

18

 

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

We expect that exchanges of Grosvenor common units by limited partners of GCMH will result in increases in the tax basis in our share of the assets of GCMH LLLP and its subsidiaries that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis are expected to increase our depreciation and amortization deductions and create other tax benefits and therefore may reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. The Tax Receivable Agreement requires GCM PubCo to pay 85% of the amount of these and certain other tax benefits, if any, that we realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) to the TRA Parties.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not invest in any off-balance sheet vehicles that provide liquidity, capital resources, market or credit risk support, or engage in any activities that expose us to any liability that is not reflected in our combined financial statements.

 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

 

There have been no material changes outside of the ordinary course of business in our contractual obligations, commitments and contingencies since December 31, 2019 other than during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we increased borrowings on our Revolving Credit Facility by $17.0 million and made principal payments on Term Loans of $91.2 million.

 

As a result of the business combination, we are obligated to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The actual timing and amount of any payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement are unknown at this time and will vary based on a number of factors. However, we expect that the payments that we will be required to make to the TRA Parties in connection with the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. Any payments made by us to the TRA Parties under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of cash that might have otherwise been available to us or to GCMH. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will accrue interest until paid. Our failure to make any payment required under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including any accrued and unpaid interest) within 60 calendar days of the date on which the payment is required to be made will generally constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which may result in the termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement and the acceleration of payments thereunder, unless the applicable payment is not made because (i) we are prohibited from making such payment under applicable law or the terms governing certain of our secured indebtedness or (ii) we do not have, and cannot by using commercially reasonable efforts obtain, sufficient funds to make such payment.

 

Mosaic Transaction

 

Overview of Mosaic Transaction

 

In March 2020, GCMH and its affiliates transferred certain indirect partnership interests related to historical investment funds managed by GCMH and its affiliates to Mosaic Acquisitions 2020, L.P. (“Mosaic”) in a transaction we refer to as the “Mosaic Transaction.” The limited partners of Mosaic are a third-party investor (the “third-party investor”), which funded nearly all of the Mosaic Transaction, Holdings and GCMH. GCMH also acts as the general partner of Mosaic. Prior to the closing of the Transactions, Holdings’ interests and liabilities related to Mosaic were transferred to GCMH, and the terms described below give effect to such transfer. Mosaic holds limited partnership interests representing the following financial assets:

 

a right to 80-90% of our share of the carried interest generated by funds raised prior to December 31, 2019 (the “Mosaic Carry”); and

 

certain funded general partner interests, which at the time of the Mosaic Transaction had a book value of $58.0 million, and to-be-funded general partner interests, as detailed below.

 

19

 

 

In exchange for such interests, we received $125.4 million in cash, which we used primarily to pay down outstanding debt, and Mosaic received $48.0 million of incremental cash from the third-party investor to prefund future fund investment obligations of Mosaic, which were previously our obligations.

 

Distribution of Proceeds

 

Distributable proceeds received by Mosaic for certain of its assets are distributed to its limited partners in accordance with their respective capital contributions with respect to such assets until such time as the third-party investor has received a certain specified multiple of its capital contributions, and thereafter to GCMH. Distributable proceeds received by Mosaic for its other assets are distributed to its limited partners in accordance with their respective capital contributions with respect to such assets. In the event that the third-party investor has received amounts attributable to the Mosaic Carry in excess of certain specified thresholds prior to certain specified dates, and certain net asset value thresholds are exceeded, then the percentage of the Mosaic Carry allocated to the third-party investor will be adjusted downward.

 

Based on cash flow up to the relevant date, GCMHGP LLC and/or its subsidiaries may be obligated to make payments to Mosaic that could total up to a maximum of $19.9 million, which is broken down as a maximum of $4.9 million on December 31, 2020, $7.5 million on December 31, 2021 and $7.5 million in December 31, 2022 (the “Potential GCM Payments”). Such amounts can be reduced (not below zero) by exceeding certain cumulative distribution thresholds at each relevant date. Any such amounts paid to Mosaic will also reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the purchase price payable upon exercise of the Mosaic Call Right or the Mosaic Put Right (as defined below), as well as the amount of distributable proceeds required to be received by the third-party investor before distributable proceeds are distributed to GCMH.

 

Call Option

 

GCMH LLLP has the option to purchase the interest in Mosaic held by the third-party investor (or the underlying assets) at any time, at a purchase price equal to the greater of (x) 130% of amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor and (y) a 12% pre-tax internal rate of return on amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor (the “Mosaic Call Right”). The exercise of the Mosaic Call Right would result in the interest held by the third-party investor no longer being accounted for as a noncontrolling interest. GCMH is obligated to pay a premium of $2.6 million by December 31, 2020 in exchange for being granted the Mosaic Call Right.

 

We believe the following are important metrics relating to Mosaic which highlight the assets in the entity that are subject to the Mosaic Call Right:

 

    (dollars in
millions)
 
Net Purchase Price to Exercise Mosaic Call Right (as of September 30, 2020):(1)   $ 178.7  
Mosaic LTM Carried Interest (as of September 30, 2020):(2)   $ 3.4  
Net Asset Value of Capital to be Acquired upon Exercise of Mosaic Call Right (as of September 30, 2020):   $ 67.5  
Liquidation Value of Carried Interest to be Acquired upon Exercise of Mosaic Call Right (as of September 30, 2020):   $ 93.4  
Mosaic Carry Dollars at Work(3) (as of September 30, 2020):   $ 422.7  

 

 
(1) Based on a threshold equal to 130% of amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor, net of $39.2 million of Mosaic cash. As of September 30, 2020, the purchase price to exercise the Mosaic Call Right based on a 12% pre-tax internal rate of return on amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor would have been $138.2 million, net of Mosaic cash. Upon any exercise of the Mosaic Call Right or the Mosaic Put Right (as defined below), the actual purchase price will be equal to the greater of the two alternatives.
(2) The amount shown represents the redeemable noncontrolling interest reflected in our financial statements for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2020. Had the transaction occurred on September 30, 2019 and included all tax carry attributable to the Mosaic interests from such time forward, the redeemable noncontrolling interest amount reflected in our financial statements for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2020 would have been $9.5 million. Without such tax carry, the redeemable noncontrolling interest amount reflected in our financial statements for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2020 would have been $3.7 million.

 

20

 

 

(3) We define “Mosaic Carry Dollars at Work” as aggregate limited partner commitments to the relevant GCM Grosvenor fund in which Mosaic has an interest, multiplied by the percentage of carried interest provided for in the governing documents of the relevant fund, multiplied by Mosaic’s share.

 

Defaults and Put Right Under the Mosaic Agreements

 

In the event of a default by us of obligations to make the Potential GCM Payments the purchase price upon exercise of the Mosaic Call Right or Mosaic Put Right would be increased to the greater of (x) 140% of amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor and (y) a 15% pre-tax internal right of return on amounts contributed to Mosaic by the third-party investor.

 

In the event of certain uncured actions by us or involving the relevant funds that could impair the value of the third-party investor’s investment, or upon uncured breaches of certain representations by us, the third-party investor will have the right to cause us to either (a) reacquire the third-party investor’s full interest in Mosaic or (b) the underlying assets of Mosaic at the Mosaic Call Right purchase price (the “Mosaic Put Right”). In such an event, GCMH will have sole discretion in choosing whether we reacquire the interest in Mosaic (or the underlying assets). Should we choose not to reacquire the third-party investor’s full interest or assets, the purchase price under the Mosaic Call Right will increase.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We prepare our combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP. In applying many of these accounting principles, we need to make assumptions, estimates or judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our combined financial statements. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions, estimates or judgments, however, are both subjective and subject to change, and actual results may differ from our assumptions and estimates. If actual amounts are ultimately different from our estimates, the revisions are included in our results of operations for the period in which the actual amounts become known. We believe the following critical accounting policies could potentially produce materially different results if we were to change underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

We consolidate all entities that we control as the primary beneficiary of variable interest entities (“VIEs”).

 

We first determine whether we have a variable interest in an entity. Fees paid to a decision maker or service provider are not deemed variable interests in an entity if (i) the fees are compensation for services provided and are commensurate with the level of effort required to provide those services; (ii) the service arrangement includes only terms, conditions, or amounts that are customarily present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm’s length; and (iii) the decision maker does not hold other interests in the entity that individually, or in the aggregate, would absorb more than an insignificant amount of the entity’s expected losses or receive more than an insignificant amount of the entity’s expected residual returns. We have evaluated our arrangements and determined that management fees, performance fees and carried interest are customary and commensurate with the services being performed and are not variable interests. For those entities in which we have a variable interest, we perform an analysis to first determine whether the entity is a VIE.

 

The assessment of whether the entity is a VIE requires an evaluation of qualitative factors and, where applicable, quantitative factors. These judgments include: (a) determining whether the equity investment at risk is sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, (b) evaluating whether the equity holders, as a group, can make decisions that have a significant effect on the economic performance of the entity, and (c) determining whether the equity investors have proportionate voting rights to their obligations to absorb losses or rights to receive returns from an entity. The granting of substantive kick-out rights is a key consideration in determining whether a limited partnership or similar entity is a VIE.

 

21

 

 

For entities that are determined to be VIEs, we consolidate those entities where we have concluded we are the primary beneficiary. We are determined to be the primary beneficiary if we hold a controlling financial interest which is defined as possessing (a) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In evaluating whether we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate our economic interests in the entity held either directly or indirectly by us.

 

We determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time we become involved with a VIE and reconsiders that conclusion continuously. At each reporting date, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary and will consolidate or deconsolidate accordingly.

 

Entities that do not qualify as VIEs are assessed for consolidation as voting interest entities. Under the voting interest entity model, we consolidate those entities we control through a majority voting interest.

 

Partnership Interest-Based Compensation

 

Various individuals, including our current and former employees have been awarded partnership interests in Holdings, Holdings II and Management LLC. These partnership interests grant the recipients the right to certain cash distributions of profits from Holdings, Holdings II and Management LLC to the extent such distributions are authorized.

 

A partnership interest award is accounted for based on its substance. A partnership interest award that is in substance a profit-sharing arrangement or performance bonus would generally not be within the scope of the stock-based compensation guidance and would be accounted for under the guidance for deferred compensation plans, similar to a cash bonus. However, if the arrangement has characteristics more akin to the risks and rewards of equity ownership, the arrangement would be accounted for under stock-based compensation guidance.

 

We analyze awards granted to recipients at the time they are granted or modified. Awards that are in substance a profit-sharing arrangement in which rights to distributions of profits are based fully on the discretion of the managing member of Holdings, Holdings II and Management LLC, are recorded as partnership interest-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income when Holdings, Holdings II and Management LLC makes distributions to the recipients. Profit-sharing arrangements that contain a stated target payment are recognized as partnership interest-based compensation expense equal to the present value of expected future payments on a straight-line basis over the service period.

 

Revenue Recognition of Incentive Fees

 

Incentive fees are based on the results of our funds, in the form of performance fees and carried interest income, which together comprise Incentive fees.

 

Carried Interest

 

Carried interest is a performance-based capital allocation from a fund’s limited partners in certain GCM Funds invested in longer-term public market investments and private market investments. Carried interest is typically calculated as a percentage of the profits calculated in accordance with the terms of fund agreements at rates that range between 2.5%-20% after returning invested capital, certain fees and a preferred return to the fund’s limited partners. Carried interest is ultimately realized when underlying investments distribute proceeds or are sold and therefore carried interest is highly susceptible to market factors, judgments, and actions of third parties that are outside of our control. Accordingly, carried interest is considered variable consideration and is therefore constrained and not recognized as revenue until (a) it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur, or (b) the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

 

Agreements generally include a clawback provision that, if triggered, would require the us to return up to the cumulative amount of carried interest distributed, typically net of tax, upon liquidation of those funds, if the aggregate amount paid as carried interest exceeds the amount actually due based upon the aggregate performance of each fund. We have defined the portion to be deferred as the amount of carried interest, typically net of tax, that we would be required to return if all remaining investments had no value as of the end of each reporting period.

 

Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, we did not recognize realized carry received as carried interest revenue until the earlier of the termination of the related fund or the point at which clawback of any historic carried interest distributions could no longer occur.

 

22

 

 

Performance Fees

 

We may receive performance fees or incentive compensation from certain GCM Funds investing in public market investments. Performance fees are typically a fixed percentage of investment gains, subject to loss carryforward provisions that require the recapture of any previous losses before any Performance Fees can be earned in the current period. Performance Fees may or may not be subject to a hurdle or a preferred return, which requires that clients earn a specified minimum return before a Performance Fee can be assessed. With the exception of certain GCM Funds, these performance fees are determined based upon investment performance at the end of a specified measurement period, generally the end of the calendar year. Certain limited GCM Funds have performance measurement periods extending beyond one year.

 

Investment returns are highly susceptible to market factors, judgments, and actions of third parties that are outside of our control. Accordingly, performance fees are considered variable consideration and are therefore constrained and not recognized until it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. In the event a client redeems from one of the GCM Funds prior to the end of a measurement period, any accrued performance fee is ordinarily due and payable by such redeeming client as of the date of the redemption.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Information regarding recent accounting developments and their impact on our results can be found in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the combined financial statements included in this filing.

 

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to a broad range of risks inherent in the financial markets in which we participate, including price risk, interest-rate risk, access to and cost of financing risk, liquidity risk, counterparty risk and foreign exchange-rate risk. Potentially negative effects of these risks may be mitigated to a certain extent by those aspects of our investment approach, investment strategies, fundraising practices or other business activities that are designed to benefit, either in relative or absolute terms, from periods of economic weakness, tighter credit or financial market dislocations.

 

Our predominant exposure to market risk is related to our role as general partner or investment manager for our funds and the sensitivity to movements in the fair value of their investments, which may adversely affect our investment income, management fees, and incentive income, as applicable.

 

Fair value of the financial assets and liabilities of our funds may fluctuate in response to changes in the value of securities, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and interest rates. The impact of investment risk is as follows:

 

Investment income changes along with the realized and unrealized gains of the underlying investments in our specialized funds and certain customized separate accounts in which we have a general partner commitment. Our general partner investments include unique underlying portfolio investments with no significant concentration in any industry or country outside of the United States.

 

Our management fees attributable from our absolute return strategies are typically based on the NAV of those funds, and therefore the amount of fees that we may charge will increase or decrease in direct proportion to the effect of changes in the fair value of the fund’s investments. Our specialized funds and customized separate accounts attributable to our private markets strategies are not significantly affected by changes in fair value as the management fees are not generally based on the value of the specialized funds or customized separate accounts, but rather on the amount of capital committed or invested in the specialized funds or customized separate accounts, as applicable.

 

Incentive fees from our specialized funds and customized separate accounts are not materially affected by changes in the fair value of unrealized investments because they are based on realized gains and subject to achievement of performance criteria rather than on the fair value of the specialized fund’s or customized separate account’s assets prior to realization. We had $10.2 million of deferred incentive fee revenue on our balance sheet as of September 30, 2020. Minor decreases in underlying fair value would not affect the amount of deferred incentive fee revenue subject to clawback.

 

23

 

 

Exchange Rate Risk

 

Several of our specialized funds and customized separate accounts hold investments denominated in non U.S. dollar currencies that may be affected by movements in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currency, which could impact investment performance. We do not possess significant assets in foreign countries in which we operate or engage in material transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Therefore, changes in exchange rates are not expected to materially impact our financial statements.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

As of September 30, 2020, we had $42.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility and $340.3 million of Term Loans outstanding. The Revolving Credit Facility accrues interest based on a spread over LIBOR and the Term Loans accrued interest at 2.75% over the LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% LIBOR floor. At September 30, 2020, the weighted average interest rate for our Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans was 2.93% and 3.75%, respectively.

 

Based on the floating rate component of our Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loans and excluding any impact of interest rate hedges as of September 30, 2020, we estimate that a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in increased interest expense of $3.8 million over the next 12 months.

 

Credit Risk

 

We are party to agreements providing for various financial services and transactions that contain an element of risk in the event that the counterparties are unable to meet the terms of such agreements. In such agreements, we depend on the respective counterparty to make payment or otherwise perform. We generally endeavor to minimize our risk of exposure by limiting the counterparties with which we enter into financial transactions to reputable financial institutions. In other circumstances, availability of financing from financial institutions may be uncertain due to market events, and we may not be able to access these financing markets.

 

There have been no material changes in our market risk exposures since September 30, 2020.

 

 

24

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated October 14, 2020 and filed by GCM Grosvenor Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Introduction

 

GCM Grosvenor is providing the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the recently completed business combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial condition as of September 30, 2020 combines the unaudited condensed balance sheet of CFAC as of September 30, 2020 with the unaudited combined statement of financial condition of the GCM Companies as of September 30, 2020, giving effect to the business combination and related adjustments as if they had been consummated on that date. In connection with the business combination, CFAC merged with and into GCM PubCo upon which the separate corporate existence of CFAC has ceased and GCM PubCo has become the surviving entity.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 combines the unaudited condensed statement of income of CFAC for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 with the unaudited condensed combined statement of income of the GCM Companies for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2019 combines the audited statement of income of CFAC for the year ended December 31, 2019 with the audited combined statement of income of the GCM Companies for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the following historical financial statements and the accompanying notes, which are included elsewhere:

 

the historical unaudited condensed financial statements of CFAC as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 included as Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.6 is attached and the historical audited financial statements of CFAC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 included as Exhibit 99.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.6 is attached; and

 

the historical unaudited condensed combined financial statements of the GCM Companies as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.6 is attached and the historical audited combined financial statements of the GCM Companies as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 included as Exhibit 99.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K to which this Exhibit 99.6 is attached.

 

The foregoing historical financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on the aforementioned historical financial statements and the assumptions and adjustments as described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and methodologies that are factually supportable and directly attributable to the Transactions referred to below. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations reflect only those adjustments that are expected to have a continuing impact on GCM PubCo’s results of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent GCM PubCo’s consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position that would actually have occurred had the Transactions been consummated on the dates assumed or to project GCM PubCo’s consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position for any future date or period.

 

 

 

 

Description of the Business Combination

 

On November 17, 2020, as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, (a) CFAC merged with and into GCM PubCo, upon which the separate corporate existence of CFAC ceased and GCM PubCo became the surviving entity and each share of CFAC common stock was converted into one share of GCM Class A common stock, and each whole warrant of CFAC was converted into one warrant of GCM PubCo and GCMH cancelled its ownership of the 100 shares of common stock of GCM PubCo; (b) the Company received $120.4 million remaining in the Trust Account following redemptions made in connection with CFAC’s special meeting of stockholders relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, (c) certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) purchased 19,500,000 shares of GCM Class A common stock; (d) the Sponsor purchased 3,500,000 shares of GCM Class A common stock and 1,500,000 warrants of GCM PubCo for an aggregate price equal to $30,000,000 pursuant to a forward purchase contract; (e) the Sponsor terminated, forfeited and cancelled, for no consideration, 2,351,534 shares of GCM Class A common stock and 150,000 warrants of GCM PubCo; (f) GCM PubCo issued 900,000 warrants to purchase GCM Class A common stock to Holdings; (g) Holdings assigned, and IntermediateCo assumed, all right, title and interest in and to the Option Agreement in exchange for the Option Consideration in the Option Conveyance ; (h) immediately following the Option Conveyance, IntermediateCo consummated the exercise of certain options (pursuant to the Option Agreement) to purchase all of the Class B-2 common units of GCMH then held by certain investors (pursuant to the Option Agreement); (i)(x) GCMHGP LLC sold all of the outstanding equity interests of GCMH then held by it, including the general partnership and limited partnership interests, to IntermediateCo for the GCMH Consideration and (y) Holdings sold all of the outstanding equity interests of GCM LLC to IntermediateCo for the GCM Consideration; (j) GCMH was redomiciled as a limited liability limited partnership in the State of Delaware and its Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement was amended and restated; (k) GCMH issued to IntermediateCo the GCM PubCo Matching Grosvenor common units and the GCM PubCo Matching Grosvenor warrants, in each case in exchange for the IntermediateCo Contribution Amount in the IntermediateCo Contribution and Issuance ; and (l) GCM PubCo issued 144,235,246 shares of GCM Class C common stock to GCM V (the transactions referred to in clauses (a) through (l), collectively, the “Transactions”).

 

Following the consummation of the Transactions, GCM PubCo indirectly holds general partnership and limited partnership interests in GCMH. The structure of the Transaction is an “Up-C” structure with the current owners of GCMH retaining their limited partnership interests in GCMH.

 

The cash in the Trust Account and proceeds raised was also used for:

 

repayment by CFAC of the Sponsor Loans and

 

payment of all advisory fees, transaction fees and expenses of CFAC, GCM Grosvenor and the former owners of GCM Grosvenor.

 

The cash in the Trust Account and proceeds raised will also be used for reduction of GCM Grosvenor debt and for other purposes as determined by the board of directors of GCM PubCo;

 

Upon the Closing, the ownership is as follows:

 

Total Capitalization (in 000s)      
    $     Shares     %  
GCM Grosvenor rollover equity     1,442,352       144,235       78.3  
Public shareholders     116,018       11,602       6.3  
Shares held by Sponsor and other holders of founder shares     88,131       8,813       4.8  
PIPE Investors     195,000       19,500       10.6  
Total Class A Shares     1,841,501       184,150       100.0  
Class C Shares*             144,235        

 

* Shares of GCM Class C common stock, which will carry up to 10 votes per share and represent no more than 75% of the voting power of GCM PubCo’s voting stock. As these shares have no economic or participating rights, they have been excluded from the calculation of earnings per share. The numbers of shares related to GCM Grosvenor rollover equity represents the shares that would be outstanding if all Grosvenor common units were exchanged for GCM Class A common stock.

 

The table above excludes 23.9 million warrants, which have an exercise price of $11.50 per share. 

 

2

 

 

Accounting for the Business Combination

 

The business combination will be accounted for as a recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, GCM PubCo has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on the GCMH Equityholders having a relative majority of the voting power of the combined entity, the operations of the GCM Companies prior to the acquisition comprising the only ongoing operations of the combined entity, and senior management of GCM Grosvenor comprising the majority of the senior management of the combined entity. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the combined entity will represent a continuation of the financial statements of the GCM Companies with the acquisition being treated as the equivalent of the GCM Companies issuing stock for the net assets of GCM PubCo, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of GCM PubCo will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

In connection with the Closing, GCM PubCo entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the GCMH Equityholders that will provide for payment by GCM PubCo to the TRA Parties of 85% of the amount of the tax savings, if any, that we realize (or, under certain circumstances, are deemed to realize) as a result of, or attributable to, (i) increases in the tax basis of assets owned directly or indirectly by GCMH or its subsidiaries from, among other things, any redemptions or exchanges of Grosvenor common units (ii) existing tax basis (including amortization deductions arising from such tax basis) in intangible assets owned directly or indirectly by GCMH and its subsidiaries, and (iii) certain other tax benefits (including deductions in respect of imputed interest) related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Due to the uncertainty in the amount and timing of future exchanges of Grosvenor common units by the holders of such Grosvenor common units, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information assumes that no future exchanges of Grosvenor common units (other than exchanges pursuant to the Transaction Agreement) have occurred and, therefore, no increases in tax basis in GCM Grosvenor’s assets or other tax benefits that may be realized from such future exchanges have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. However, if all of the GCMH Equityholders were to exchange their Grosvenor common units, the GCM PubCo would recognize a deferred tax asset relating to such exchanges of approximately $506.5 million and a liability of approximately $438.7 million, assuming (i) all exchanges occurred on the same day; (ii) a price of $10.00 per share; (iii) a constant corporate tax rate of 24.555%; (iv) we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (v) no material changes in tax law. For each 5% increase in the amount of Grosvenor common units exchanged by the GCMH Equityholders (e.g., as a result of an increase whereby the GCMH Equityholders exchanged 5% of their Grosvenor common units, rather than 0% of their Grosvenor common units), GCM PubCo’s deferred tax asset would increase by approximately $25.3 million and the related liability would increase by approximately $21.9 million, assuming that the price per share and corporate tax rate remain the same. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for informational purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related liabilities that GCM PubCo will recognize will differ based on, among other things, the timing of the exchanges, the price of its shares of GCM Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, and the tax rates then in effect.

 

Other Events

 

Effective January 1, 2020, GCMH transferred certain indirect partnership interests related to historical investment funds that it managed to Mosaic. The entities related to such indirect partnership interests have historically been accounted for as variable interest entities and were consolidated by GCMH prior to the Mosaic Transaction as GCMH was deemed the primary beneficiary through its controlling financial interests in such entities. Management of GCM Grosvenor determined that the Mosaic Transaction should be evaluated under the guidance in ASC 810 and has concluded that Mosaic is accounted for as a “variable interest entity” and GCMH was deemed the primary beneficiary and therefore consolidates Mosaic. As a result of the Mosaic Transaction, the interest related to Mosaic is accounted for as redeemable noncontrolling interest. The proceeds from the Mosaic Transaction were contractually required to be used to pay down GCMH’s outstanding debt, which occurred in the beginning of March 2020. The Mosaic Transaction has been reflected in the historical financial statements of GCM Companies as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 gives effect to the Mosaic Transaction and related debt paydown as if it occurred on January 1, 2019 as the Mosaic Transaction represented a significant disposition of assets. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations have been adjusted to exclude transaction costs and the write off of debt issuance costs related to the Mosaic Transaction as they do not have a continuing impact on the combined company. In addition, Holdings holds a call option, which was assigned to GCMH prior to the business combination. GCMH assumed the liability of $2.6 million, which represents the obligation to pay a premium in exchange for being granted the Mosaic call right.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 also gives effect to an $86.0 million distribution to the GCMH Equityholders that took place prior to the business combination.

 

3

 

 

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

 

The historical financial information has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are (i) related and/or directly attributable to the business combination, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the pro forma statement of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the combined entity. The adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined entity upon the Closing.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined entity will experience. CFAC and the GCM Companies have not had any historical relationship prior to the Transactions. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies.

   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2020

(in thousands)

  

    CFFA     GCM     Pro Forma Adjustments     Pro Forma Combined  
Assets   (a)     (b)              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 271     $ 158,186     $ 218,718 (c)   $ 118,738  
                      225,000 (d)        
                      (86,000 )(e)        
                      (70,484 )(f)        
                      (41,154 )(g)        
                      (41,300 )(h)        
                      (6,194 )(i)        
                      (140,000 )(j)        
                      (98,305 )(k)        
Cash and investments held in Trust Account     218,718       -       (218,718 )(c)     -  
Management fees receivable     -       12,534       -       12,534  
Incentive fees receivable     -       11,570       -       11,570  
Due from related parties     -       10,791       -       10,791  
Investments     -       159,050       -       159,050  
Premises and equipment, net     -       8,263       -       8,263  
Intangible assets, net     -       10,464       -       10,464  
Goodwill     -       28,959       -       28,959  
Deferred tax asset     -       -       73,907 (l)     73,907  
Other assets     19       60,292       (10,700 )(u)     49,611  
Total assets   $ 219,008     $ 460,109     $ (195,230 )   $ 483,887  

 

4

 

 

    CFFA     GCM     Pro Forma Adjustments     Pro Forma Combined  
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ and Member’s Capital and Equity                        
Accrued compensation and benefits   $ -     $ 59,577     $ -     $ 59,577  
Employee related obligations     -       20,409       -       20,409  
Sponsor loan – promissory note     6,066       -       (6,066 )(i)     -  
Debt     -       376,832       (140,000 )(j)     236,832  
Payables to related party     128       -       (128 )(i)     -  
Tax receivable agreement liability     -       -       60,935 (m)     60,935  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     227       71,032       2,600 (n)     73,859  
Total liabilities     6,421       527,850       (82,659 )     451,612  
Commitments and contingencies                                
Common stock subject to possible redemption     207,587       -       (207,587 )(o)     -  
Redeemable noncontrolling interest             110,782       -       110,782  
Common stock, Class A     -       -       2 (o)     5  
                      2 (d)        
                      1 (p)        
Common stock, Class B     1       -       (1 )(p)     -  
Common stock, Class C     -       -       -       -  
Additional paid-in-capital     920       -       224,998 (d)     (22,733 )
                      207,585 (o)        
                      (70,484 )(f)        
                      (41,154 )(g)        
                      (41,300 )(h)        
                      (2,600 )(n)        
                      (208,617 )(q)        
                      (98,305 )(k)        
                      (10,700 )(u)        
                      4,079 (r)        
                      12,845 (s)        
Retained earnings / Accumulated deficit     4,079       -       (4,079 )(r)     (75,051 )
                      (58 )(r)        
                      (74,993 )(t)        
Partners’ deficit - Grosvenor Capital Management Holdings, LLLP     -       (259,985 )     259,985 (t)     -  
                      86,000 (t)        
                      (86,000 )(e)        
Member’s deficit - GCM, L.L.C.     -       (58 )     58 (r)     -  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     -       (12,231 )     9,580 (v)     (2,651 )
Noncontrolling interest     -       93,751       (270,992 )(t)     21,923  
                      (9,580 )(v)        
                      208,617 (q)        
                      127 (s)        
Total partners’ and member’s deficit / equity     5,000       (178,523 )     95,016       (78,507 )
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ and member’s deficit / equity   $ 219,008     $ 460,109     $ (195,230 )   $ 483,887  

 

5

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

  

    CFFA     GCM     Mosaic Transaction Adjustments     Pro Forma Adjustments     Pro Forma Combined  
Revenues   (aa)     (bb)                    
Management fees   $ -     $ 231,106     $ -     $ -     $ 231,106  
Incentive fees     -       38,048       -       -       38,048  
Other operating income     -       5,339       -       -       5,339  
Total operating revenues     -       274,493       -       -       274,493  
Expenses                                        
Employee compensation and benefits     -       186,459       -       -       186,459  
General, administrative and other     1,036       58,101       (3,729 )(ee)     -       55,408  
Total operating expenses     1,036       244,560       (3,729 )     -       241,867  
Operating income (loss)     (1,036 )     29,933       3,729       -       32,626  
Investment income     -       1,700                       1,700  
Interest income     715       -       -       (715 )(cc)     -  
Interest expense     -       (17,515 )     660 (dd)     4,238 (dd)     (12,617 )
Other expense     -       (10,637 )     1,513 (ee)     -       (9,124 )
Net other income (expense)     715       (26,452 )     2,173       3,523       (20,041 )
Income (loss) before income taxes     (321 )     3,481       5,902       3,523       12,585  
Income taxes     74       1,710       -       2,163 (ff)     3,947  
Net income (loss)     (395 )     1,771       5,902       1,360       8,638  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest     -       5,600       -       -       5,600  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest in GCM Companies     -       3,873       -       -       3,873  
Net income (loss) attributable to GCM Companies     (395 )   $ (7,702 )   $ 5,902             $ (835 )
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest                           $ 1,910 (gg)     1,910  
Net income (loss) attributable to GCM PubCo                                   $ (2,745 )
                                         
Weighted average number of common stock outstanding:                                        
Class A - Public shares     27,641,577                               39,914,862  
Class A - Private placement     600,000                                  
Class B - Common stock     7,064,603                                  
                                         
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:                                        
Class A - Public shares   $ 0.02                             $ (0.07 )(hh)
Class A - Private placement   $ (0.12 )                                
Class B - Common stock   $ (0.12 )                                

 

6

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    CFFA     GCM     Mosaic Transaction Adjustments     Pro Forma Adjustments     Pro Forma Combined  
Revenues   (ii)     (jj)                    
Management fees   $ -     $ 324,716     $ -     $ -     $ 324,716  
Incentive fees     -       84,165       -       -       84,165  
Other operating income     -       7,513       -       -       7,513  
Total operating revenues     -       416,394       -       -       416,394  
Expenses                                        
Employee compensation and benefits     -       242,967       -       -       242,967  
General, administrative and other     653       88,458       (770 )(nn)     -       88,341  
Total operating expenses     653       331,425       (770 )     -       331,308  
Operating income (loss)     (653 )     84,969       770       -       85,086  
Investment income     -       7,521                       7,521  
Interest income     6,128       -       -       (6,128 )(kk)     -  
Interest expense     -       (25,680 )     4,577 (ll)     7,120 (ll)     (13,983 )
Other expense     -       (4,494 )     -       -       (4,494 )
Net other income (expense)     6,128       (22,653 )     4,577       992       (10,956 )
Income (loss) before income taxes     5,475       62,316       5,347       992       74,130  
Income taxes     1,192       2,318               3,030 (mm)     6,540  
Net income (loss)     4,283       59,998       5,347       (2,038 )     67,590  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest     -               13,838 (nn)     -       13,838  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest in GCM Companies     -       13,221       -       -       13,221  
Net income (loss) attributable to GCM Companies   $ 4,283     $ 46,777     $ (8,491 )   $ (2,038 )   $ 40,531  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest                           $ 35,563 (oo)     35,563  
Net income (loss) attributable to GCM PubCo                                   $ 4,968  
                                         
Weighted average number of common stock outstanding:                                        
Class A - Public shares     28,200,233                               39,914,862  
Class A - Private placement     600,000                                  
Class B - Common stock     7,050,058                                  
                                         
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:                                        
Class A - Public shares   $ 0.17                             $ 0.12 (pp)
Class A - Private placement   $ (0.06 )                                
Class B - Common stock   $ (0.06 )                                

 

7

 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the business combination had been consummated on September 30, 2020, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet, and as if the business combination and Mosaic transaction had been consummated on January 1, 2019, the beginning of the earliest period presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared assuming the following methods of accounting in accordance with GAAP.

 

The business combination will be accounted for as a recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the combined entity will represent a continuation of the financial statements of the GCM Companies with the acquisition being treated as the equivalent of the GCM Companies issuing stock for the net assets of GCM PubCo, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of GCM PubCo will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

 

The pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of this filing and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and additional analyses are performed. Management considers this basis of presentation to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

One-time direct and incremental transaction costs incurred prior to, or concurrent with, the Closing are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as a direct reduction to the combined entity’s additional paid-in capital and are assumed to be cash settled.

 

2. Adjustments and Assumptions to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2020

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 reflects the following adjustments:

 

(a) Represents the CFAC historical unaudited condensed balance sheet as of September 30, 2020.

 

(b) Represents the GCM Companies historical unaudited condensed combined statement of financial condition as of September 30, 2020.

 

(c) Reflects the reclassification of Cash and investments held in Trust Account that become available for transaction consideration, transaction expenses, redemption of public shares and the operating activities of the GCM Companies in conjunction with the business combination.

 

(d) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the net proceeds of $225.0 million from the private placement and issuance of 23,000,000 shares of GCM Class A common stock to the PIPE Investors and the Sponsor.

 

(e) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record a distribution to the partners of GCMH that took place prior to the business combination in the amount $86.0 million.

 

(f) Represents the pro forma adjustment to acquire from Holdings all rights, title and interest in and to the Option Agreement, which was immediately exercised, and 50,000 GCM Class B-1 common units held by GCMH GP for $70.5 million.

 

(g) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the exercise of the call option and acquire the outstanding GCM Class B-2 common units held by other Investors (as defined in the Option Agreement).

 

(h) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record additional estimated transaction costs totalling $41.3 million for advisory, banking, legal and accounting fees. Such costs are not included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations as they will not have a continuing impact.

 

(i) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the repayment of the outstanding loan to the Sponsor.

 

8

 

 

(j) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the repayment of a portion of GCM Companies’ debt from the proceeds of the business combination.

 

(k) Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the redemption of 9,469,978 shares of CFAC Class A common stock in connection with the business combination in November 2020, at a redemption price of $10.38 per share.

 

(l) Represents the pro forma adjustments to deferred tax assets to reflect the difference between the financial statement and tax basis in the investment in GCMH, including the deferred tax asset that results from the step-up for tax purposes of certain assets of GCMH. The realizability of the deferred tax assets is subject to various estimates and assumptions, including preliminary projections of future taxable income. Therefore, the recognition of deferred tax assets, including any valuation allowances, and the resulting impact on the tax receivable agreement liability is subject to change based on a final analysis upon completion of the business combination.

 

(m) Represents the pro forma adjustments to record the tax receivable agreement liability. Upon the completion of the business combination, GCM PubCo became party to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement, GCM PubCo will make payments to the TRA Parties in respect of 85% of the net tax benefit to GCM PubCo of certain tax attributes (calculated using certain assumptions, and subject to the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement). The payments made will represent additional purchase price. The tax impacts of the transaction were estimated based on the applicable law in effect on September 30, 2020.

 

(n) Represents the pro forma adjustments to record the Mosaic call option, which was assigned from Holdings. The liability represents GCM Companies’ obligation to pay a premium of $2.6 million in exchange for being granted the Mosaic call right.

 

(o) Represents the pro forma adjustments to common stock subject to possible redemption to permanent equity based on a par value of $.0001 per share, inclusive of 2,351,534 shares of GCM Class A common stock that will be forfeited and cancelled by the Sponsor for no consideration.

 

(p) Represents the pro forma adjustments to reclassify CFAC Class B common stock, which will be converted to GCM Class A common stock.

 

(q) Represents the pro forma adjustments to reclassify the portion of net assets attributable to the GCMH Equityholders based on ownership subsequent to the business combination.

 

(r) Represents the pro forma adjustments to reclassify the historical retained earnings of CFAC and member’s deficit of GCM LLC to additional paid-in-capital and retained earnings / accumulated deficit, respectively.

 

(s) Represents the pro forma adjustment for the net impact to equity resulting from the tax adjustments in tickmarks (l) and (m) above.

 

(t) Represents the pro forma adjustments for the reclassification of the historical partners’ deficit to retained earnings / accumulated deficit and noncontrolling interest based on the ownership subsequent to the business combination.

 

(u) Represents the pro forma adjustments for the reclassification of direct and incremental transaction costs related to the business combination incurred as of September 30, 2020 to additional paid-in capital.

 

(v) Represents the pro forma adjustments for the reclassification of the historical accumulated other comprehensive loss based on the ownership subsequent to the business combination.

 

9

 

 

3. Adjustments and Assumptions to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income for the Nine months ended September 30, 2020

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 reflects the following adjustments:

 

(aa) Represents the CFAC historical unaudited condensed statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

(bb) Represents the GCM Companies historical unaudited condensed combined statement of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

(cc) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to eliminate the interest income on the cash and investments held in Trust Account.

 

(dd) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to interest expense assuming the paydown of a portion of GCM Grosvenor’s debt from the proceeds of the business combination and the Mosaic Transaction as if they occurred on January 1, 2019 based on the interest rate in effect at the time of each monthly interest payment.

 

(ee) Represents pro forma adjustments to eliminate one-time transaction costs and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the Mosaic Transaction.

 

(ff) Represents adjustment to record the tax provisions of the combined company on a pro forma basis using a federal statutory tax rate of 21% and a state blended rate of 3.4%, which was calculated assuming the U.S. federal rates currently in effect and the statutory rates applicable to each state, local and foreign jurisdiction where we estimate our income will be apportioned, which was applied to the income attributable to the combined company. The income attributable to the non-controlling interest is pass-through income. However, the effective tax rate of the combined company could differ as a result of actions taken by the combined company subsequent to the business combination and other factors, including a final analysis of the future realizability of deferred tax assets and determination of a valuation allowance, any changes in tax laws and the impact of permanent tax differences.

 

(gg) Represents the pro forma adjustments to adjust noncontrolling interest for the portion of net income (loss) attributable to GCMH Equity Holders based on the ownership subsequent to the business combination.

 

(hh) Represents net income (loss) per common share computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. GCM PubCo has not considered the effect of the warrants to purchase shares of GCM Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. In addition, Grosvenor common units may be exchanged for GCM Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. If all Grosvenor common units were to be exchanged immediately following the business combination, fully diluted GCM Class A common stock outstanding would increase by 144,235,246 shares. In computing the dilutive effect, if any, the net income available to holders of GCM Class A common stock would increase due to elimination of the noncontrolling interest in consolidated entities associated with the Grosvenor common units (including any tax impact). For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, such exchange is not reflected in diluted earnings per share as the assumed exchange is not dilutive.

 

4. Adjustments and Assumptions to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflects the following adjustments:

 

(ii) Represents the CFAC historical audited statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

(jj) Represents the GCM Companies historical audited combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

(kk) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to eliminate the interest income on the cash and investments held in Trust Account.

 

(ll) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to interest expense assuming the paydown of a portion of GCM Companies’ debt from the proceeds of the business combination and the Mosaic Transaction as if they occurred on January 1, 2019 based on the interest rate in effect at the time of each monthly interest payment.

 

10

 

 

(mm) Represents adjustment to record the tax provisions of the combined company on a pro forma basis using a federal statutory tax rate of 21% and a state blended rate of 3.4%, which was calculated assuming the U.S. federal rates currently in effect and the statutory rates applicable to each state, local and foreign jurisdiction where we estimate our income will be apportioned, which was applied to the income attributable to the combined company. The income attributable to the non-controlling interest is pass-through income. However, the effective tax rate of the combined company could differ as a result of actions taken by the combined company subsequent to the business combination and other factors, including a final analysis of the future realizability of our deferred tax assets and determination of a valuation allowance, any changes in tax laws and the impact of permanent tax differences.

 

(nn) Represents the pro forma adjustments to eliminate one-time transaction costs and reflect net income (loss) attributable to Mosaic as redeemable noncontrolling interest as if the Mosaic Transaction occurred on January 1, 2019.

 

(oo) Represents the pro forma adjustment to adjust noncontrolling interest for the portion of net income attributable to GCMH Equity Holders based on the ownership subsequent to the business combination.

 

(pp) Represents net income (loss) per common share computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. GCM PubCo has not considered the effect of the warrants to purchase shares of GCM Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. In addition, GCM Grosvenor Common Units may be exchanged for GCM Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. If all GCM Grosvenor Common Units were to be exchanged immediately following the business combination, fully diluted GCM Class A common stock outstanding would increase by 144,235,246 shares. In computing the dilutive effect, if any, the net income available to holders of GCM Class A common stock would increase due to elimination of the noncontrolling interest in consolidated entities associated with the GCM Grosvenor Common Units (including any tax impact). For the year ended December 31, 2019, such exchange is not reflected in diluted earnings per share as the assumed exchange is not dilutive.

 

 

11